Chemtec Publishing offers a large collection of books on polymers, plastics, and rubber.
- Grid List
Filter
Description Author: George Wypych ISBN 978-1-927885-51-2 Pages: 316 + ivFigures 228Tables 4 Summary Potential applications of graphene are the subject of many papers. On ScienceDirect alone, over 5000 papers were published in 2016, and numerous patents followed. The main subject of the book is an extensive account of up-to-date findings in methods of production of graphene and...
$350.00
in stock
{"id":2059079352413,"title":"Graphene – Important Results and Applications","handle":"graphene-important-results-and-applications","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-51-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages: 316 + iv\u003cbr\u003eFigures 228\u003cbr\u003eTables 4\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePotential applications of graphene are the subject of many papers. On ScienceDirect alone, over 5000 papers were published in 2016, and numerous patents followed. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe main subject of the book is an extensive account of up-to-date findings in methods of production of graphene and its derivatives, commercial manufacture of graphene, research results and data on properties of graphene, graphene dispersion, chemical modification, and the most recent developments in various applications of graphene.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEleven groups of production methods of graphene and its derivatives are discussed in length, providing how-to-do and what-to-expect analysis and comparison of potential properties of the resultant products. Some of the methods are unique to graphene manufacture, but many of them already existed and were adapted to the use in the graphene manufacture. Chapter 4 contains a short review of the capabilities of the significant graphene manufacturers from several leading geographical locations.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe properties of graphene and its derivatives are already quite well investigated, and they are the subject of Chapter 5. Discussion topics are grouped into 15 sections each devoted to different characteristic properties of graphene which make it so useful in various applications. Chemical modification can change many properties of graphene, and this is discussed in Chapter 7.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDispersion of carbon-based fillers is always the primary problem and factor of their performance. In the case of graphene, three significant factors affect its dispersion namely, its hydrophobic nature, the tendency to re-agglomerate, and 2D very elastic structure of particles. The effect of these and other factors and methods of effective dispersion are the main points of discussion.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwenty-three groups of products in which graphene or its derivatives can be used are discussed at length in Chapter 8. This chapter is full of ideas for new product development and the possible improvement of existing products. This chapter, like other chapters, is generously illustrated with examples which may help in finding creative applications. More information on the book composition can be found in the detailed table of contents.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe book begins with an analysis of the impact of the Nobel Prize on the development of interest in graphene and compares the justification of the Nobel Prize Committee with actual developments in its science and technology. In Chapter 1, the announcement of the Nobel Prize Committee is analyzed to list the most important reasons for the selection of the topic of the Prize. In Chapter 2, the effect of Nobel Prize on the development of graphene technology is analyzed based on frequency and geographical spread of publications and patents in the years prior and after the Prize was awarded. Also, topics of publications are examined by comparing their frequency before the Prize with current research. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents \u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Introduction. Nobel Prize Laureates and Award Justification \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Analysis of Publications \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Production of Graphene and its Derivatives\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Chemical vapor deposition \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Molecular beam epitaxy\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Ion implantation \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Desorption of silicon from silicon carbide\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Graphite oxidation \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Reduction of graphene oxide\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Ultrasound-assisted exfoliation \u003cbr\u003e3.8 Electrochemical process \u003cbr\u003e3.9 Detonation reaction \u003cbr\u003e3.10 Graphite intercalation \u003cbr\u003e3.11 Agricultural waste processing \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 Manufacturers of Graphene, Its Grades, and the Production Output\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 Unique Nature of Graphene. Research Results\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e5.1 Morphology and thickness \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Crystallinity \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Tribological properties \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Electronic properties \u003cbr\u003e5.6 Electrical properties \u003cbr\u003e5.7 Magnetic properties \u003cbr\u003e5.8 Thermal stability \u003cbr\u003e5.9 Thermal conductivity \u003cbr\u003e5.10 Optical properties \u003cbr\u003e5.11 Barrier properties \u003cbr\u003e5.12 Sound and microwave absorption \u003cbr\u003e5.13 Rheological properties \u003cbr\u003e5.14 Chemical resistance \u003cbr\u003e5.15 Antibacterial properties \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 Dispersion of Graphene in the Polymer Matrix\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e6.1 Methods of dispersion \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Stability of dispersions \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Dispersion morphology \u003cbr\u003e6.4 Spatial configurations of graphene sheets \u003cbr\u003e6.5 Ribbon size \u003cbr\u003e6.6 Results in different matrices \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7 Chemical Modifications and Their Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e7.1 Functional groups and side chains \u003cbr\u003e7.2 Doping \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Edge functionalization \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8 Current Developments in Some Applications of Graphene\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e8.1 Aerogels \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Antibacterial surfaces \u003cbr\u003e8.3 Batteries \u003cbr\u003e8.4 Biomedical applications \u003cbr\u003e8.5 Catalysis \u003cbr\u003e8.6 Composites \u003cbr\u003e8.7 Concrete admixtures \u003cbr\u003e8.8 Corrosion protection \u003cbr\u003e8.9 Drug delivery systems \u003cbr\u003e8.10 Encapsulation \u003cbr\u003e8.11 Energy storage \u003cbr\u003e8.12 Inks and 3D prints \u003cbr\u003e8.13 Lubrication \u003cbr\u003e8.14 Organic light-emitting diodes \u003cbr\u003e8.15 Packaging \u003cbr\u003e8.16 Self-healing materials \u003cbr\u003e8.17 Semiconductors \u003cbr\u003e8.18 Sensors \u003cbr\u003e8.19 Sporting equipment \u003cbr\u003e8.20 Transparent functional materials \u003cbr\u003e8.21 Thermal management solutions \u003cbr\u003e8.22 Water treatment \u003cbr\u003e8.23 Wearable electronics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9 Comparison of Justification of Nobel Prize by the Selection Committee with Actual Results of Research Reported \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e Index\u003c\/strong\u003e","published_at":"2019-03-18T15:00:00-04:00","created_at":"2019-03-18T14:27:40-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2019","book"],"price":35000,"price_min":35000,"price_max":35000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":20181861105757,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Graphene – Important Results and Applications","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":35000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-927885-49-9","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-51-2.jpg?v=1552934041"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-51-2.jpg?v=1552934041","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":1423154872413,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-51-2.jpg?v=1552934041"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-51-2.jpg?v=1552934041","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-51-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages: 316 + iv\u003cbr\u003eFigures 228\u003cbr\u003eTables 4\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePotential applications of graphene are the subject of many papers. On ScienceDirect alone, over 5000 papers were published in 2016, and numerous patents followed. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe main subject of the book is an extensive account of up-to-date findings in methods of production of graphene and its derivatives, commercial manufacture of graphene, research results and data on properties of graphene, graphene dispersion, chemical modification, and the most recent developments in various applications of graphene.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEleven groups of production methods of graphene and its derivatives are discussed in length, providing how-to-do and what-to-expect analysis and comparison of potential properties of the resultant products. Some of the methods are unique to graphene manufacture, but many of them already existed and were adapted to the use in the graphene manufacture. Chapter 4 contains a short review of the capabilities of the significant graphene manufacturers from several leading geographical locations.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe properties of graphene and its derivatives are already quite well investigated, and they are the subject of Chapter 5. Discussion topics are grouped into 15 sections each devoted to different characteristic properties of graphene which make it so useful in various applications. Chemical modification can change many properties of graphene, and this is discussed in Chapter 7.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDispersion of carbon-based fillers is always the primary problem and factor of their performance. In the case of graphene, three significant factors affect its dispersion namely, its hydrophobic nature, the tendency to re-agglomerate, and 2D very elastic structure of particles. The effect of these and other factors and methods of effective dispersion are the main points of discussion.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwenty-three groups of products in which graphene or its derivatives can be used are discussed at length in Chapter 8. This chapter is full of ideas for new product development and the possible improvement of existing products. This chapter, like other chapters, is generously illustrated with examples which may help in finding creative applications. More information on the book composition can be found in the detailed table of contents.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe book begins with an analysis of the impact of the Nobel Prize on the development of interest in graphene and compares the justification of the Nobel Prize Committee with actual developments in its science and technology. In Chapter 1, the announcement of the Nobel Prize Committee is analyzed to list the most important reasons for the selection of the topic of the Prize. In Chapter 2, the effect of Nobel Prize on the development of graphene technology is analyzed based on frequency and geographical spread of publications and patents in the years prior and after the Prize was awarded. Also, topics of publications are examined by comparing their frequency before the Prize with current research. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents \u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Introduction. Nobel Prize Laureates and Award Justification \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Analysis of Publications \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Production of Graphene and its Derivatives\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Chemical vapor deposition \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Molecular beam epitaxy\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Ion implantation \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Desorption of silicon from silicon carbide\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Graphite oxidation \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Reduction of graphene oxide\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Ultrasound-assisted exfoliation \u003cbr\u003e3.8 Electrochemical process \u003cbr\u003e3.9 Detonation reaction \u003cbr\u003e3.10 Graphite intercalation \u003cbr\u003e3.11 Agricultural waste processing \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 Manufacturers of Graphene, Its Grades, and the Production Output\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 Unique Nature of Graphene. Research Results\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e5.1 Morphology and thickness \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Crystallinity \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Tribological properties \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Electronic properties \u003cbr\u003e5.6 Electrical properties \u003cbr\u003e5.7 Magnetic properties \u003cbr\u003e5.8 Thermal stability \u003cbr\u003e5.9 Thermal conductivity \u003cbr\u003e5.10 Optical properties \u003cbr\u003e5.11 Barrier properties \u003cbr\u003e5.12 Sound and microwave absorption \u003cbr\u003e5.13 Rheological properties \u003cbr\u003e5.14 Chemical resistance \u003cbr\u003e5.15 Antibacterial properties \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 Dispersion of Graphene in the Polymer Matrix\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e6.1 Methods of dispersion \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Stability of dispersions \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Dispersion morphology \u003cbr\u003e6.4 Spatial configurations of graphene sheets \u003cbr\u003e6.5 Ribbon size \u003cbr\u003e6.6 Results in different matrices \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7 Chemical Modifications and Their Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e7.1 Functional groups and side chains \u003cbr\u003e7.2 Doping \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Edge functionalization \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8 Current Developments in Some Applications of Graphene\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e8.1 Aerogels \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Antibacterial surfaces \u003cbr\u003e8.3 Batteries \u003cbr\u003e8.4 Biomedical applications \u003cbr\u003e8.5 Catalysis \u003cbr\u003e8.6 Composites \u003cbr\u003e8.7 Concrete admixtures \u003cbr\u003e8.8 Corrosion protection \u003cbr\u003e8.9 Drug delivery systems \u003cbr\u003e8.10 Encapsulation \u003cbr\u003e8.11 Energy storage \u003cbr\u003e8.12 Inks and 3D prints \u003cbr\u003e8.13 Lubrication \u003cbr\u003e8.14 Organic light-emitting diodes \u003cbr\u003e8.15 Packaging \u003cbr\u003e8.16 Self-healing materials \u003cbr\u003e8.17 Semiconductors \u003cbr\u003e8.18 Sensors \u003cbr\u003e8.19 Sporting equipment \u003cbr\u003e8.20 Transparent functional materials \u003cbr\u003e8.21 Thermal management solutions \u003cbr\u003e8.22 Water treatment \u003cbr\u003e8.23 Wearable electronics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9 Comparison of Justification of Nobel Prize by the Selection Committee with Actual Results of Research Reported \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e Index\u003c\/strong\u003e"}
Description Authors: Anna Wypych and George Wypych ISBN 978-1-927885-43-7 Publication date: January 2019Number of pages: 584+x Summary The field of green solvents changes rapidly and continuously. It can be well evidenced from the turnover of solvents in this book. Forty-five solvents included in the previous edition are not produced or considered green anymore and they are...
$285.00
in stock
{"id":2059041505373,"title":"Databook of Green Solvents - 2nd Edition","handle":"databook-of-green-solvents-2nd-edition","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAuthors: Anna Wypych and George Wypych\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-43-7\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublication date: January 2019\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eNumber of pages: 584+x\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe field of green solvents changes rapidly and continuously. It can be well evidenced from the turnover of solvents in this book. Forty-five solvents included in the previous edition are not produced or considered green anymore and they are replaced in the book by about 70 new solvents considered as green replacements of the presently used products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe list of solvents used in the industry rapidly changes because replacement “greener” solvents are becoming available and because of an anticipation that some solvent(s) will be banned by authorities soon. Because this book is designed to assist industry in the selection of suitable solvents it has to be frequently updated by the current trends and findings. It not only provides data on carefully selected, commercially available, green solvents but it also gives concise advice on how to assess and qualify green solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eDatabook of Green Solvents\u003c\/strong\u003e contains data divided into five sections: General, Physical, Health, Environmental, and Use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the \u003cstrong\u003eGeneral \u003c\/strong\u003esection, the following data are displayed: Name, CAS number, Acronym, Chemical category, Empirical formula, IUPAC name, Mixture, Moisture contents, Molecular weight, Other properties, Product contents, EC number, RTECS number, and Synonyms 1, 2, 3.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePhysical\u003c\/strong\u003e section contains data on Dielectric constant, Acceptor number, Acid dissociation constant, Aniline point, Antoine temperature range, Antoine constants A, B, and C, Boiling temperature, Coefficient of thermal expansion, Color, Corrosivity, Donor number, Electrical conductivity, Evaporation rates with butyl acetate=1 and ether=1, Freezing temperature, Hansen solubility parameters dD, dP, and dH, Molar volume, Heat of combustion, Enthalpy of vaporization, Enthalpy of vaporization temperature, Henry's law constant, Hildebrand solubility parameter, Kauri butanol number, Odor, Odor threshold, pH, Polarity parameter, ET(30), Refractive index, Solubility in water, Specific gravity, Specific gravity temperature, Specific heat, State, Surface tension, Thermal conductivity, Vapor density, Vapor pressure, Vapor pressure temperature, Viscosity, and Viscosity temperature.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eHealth \u003c\/strong\u003esection contains data on Autoignition temperature, Carcinogenicity: IRAC, NTP, OSHA, Mutagenic properties, Reproduction\/developmental toxicity, DOT class, TDG class, ICAO\/IATA class, packaging group, IMDG class, packaging group, UN\/NA hazard class, UN packaging group, Proper shipping name, Explosion limits: lower and upper, Flash point, Flash point method, LD50 dermal (rabbit), LC50 inhalation (rat), LD50 oral (mouse), LD50 oral (rat), Maximum concentration during 30 min exposure (NIOSH-IDLH), Maximum concentration at any time: ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA, Maximum concentration during continuous exposure for 15 min: ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA, NFPA flammability, health, reactivity, HMIS flammability, health, reactivity, Route of entry, Ingestion, Skin irritation, Eye irritation, Inhalation, First aid: eyes, skin, inhalation, Chronic effects, Target organs, Threshold limiting value: ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA, UN number, UN risk phrases, and UN safety phrases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/strong\u003e section contains data on Aquatic toxicity, Bluegill sunfish (96-h LC50), Daphnia magna (96-h LC50) and (48-h LC50), Fathead minnow (96-h LC50), Rainbow trout (96-h LC50), Bioconcentration factor, Biodegradation probability, Biological oxygen demand (20-day test) and (5-day test), Chemical oxygen demand, Atmospheric half-life, Hydroxyl rate constant, Global warming potential, Montreal protocol, Partition coefficient, Ozone depletion potential (CFC11=1), Ozone rate constant, Soil absorption constant, Theoretical oxygen demand, Urban ozone formation potential (C2H4=1), UV absorption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse\u003c\/strong\u003e section contains information on Manufacturer, Outstanding properties, Potential substitutes, Recommended for polymers, Features \u0026amp; benefits, Processing methods, Recommended dosage, and Recommended for products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe table of contents gives more information on solvent groups included in the Databook of Green Solvents. Solvents are divided into 14 essential groups of green products. Emphasis is given to safer and more efficient replacements of more toxic solvents. In addition to this publication, \u003cstrong\u003eDatabook of Solvents\u003c\/strong\u003e contains data on the solvents which are the most frequently used today in the manufacturing processes. Majority of these solvents belong to a group of the high production volume solvents which are produced or imported at levels greater than 1,000 tones per year by at least one member country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReaders interested in this subject should note that two volumes of fundamental treatment of all essential areas of solvents’ use have also been just published. They include \u003cstrong\u003eHandbook of Solvents. Volume 1. Properties \u003c\/strong\u003eand\u003cstrong\u003e Handbook of Solvents\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003eVolume 2. Use, Health, and Environment\u003c\/strong\u003e. Together these four books provide the most comprehensive information on the subject of solvents ever published. The books are the authoritative sources of knowledge, considering that very well-known experts in the fields of solvent use were involved in the creation of these extensive publications. An essential aim of these books is to keep their information updated by findings from the most recent literature and developments occurring in the field of solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e1 What does make solvent green?\u003cbr\u003e2 Information on the data fields\u003cbr\u003e3 Solvents\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Biodegradable solvents\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Biorenewable solvents\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Deep eutectic solvents\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Esters\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Fatty acid methyl esters\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Generally recognized as safe, GRAS, solvents\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Generic solvents\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Hydrofluoroethers \u003cbr\u003e3.9 Ionic liquids\u003cbr\u003e3.10 Perfluorocarbons\u003cbr\u003e3.11 Siloxanes\u003cbr\u003e3.12 Sulfoxides\u003cbr\u003e3.13 Supercritical fluids\u003cbr\u003e3.14 Terpenes\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-03-18T14:30:00-04:00","created_at":"2019-03-18T13:59:25-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2019","book","environment","green solvent","health","physical properties","solvent"],"price":28500,"price_min":28500,"price_max":28500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":20181706834013,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Databook of Green Solvents - 2nd Edition","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":28500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-927885-43-7","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-43-7.jpg?v=1552932358"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-43-7.jpg?v=1552932358","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":1423113551965,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-43-7.jpg?v=1552932358"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-43-7.jpg?v=1552932358","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAuthors: Anna Wypych and George Wypych\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-43-7\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublication date: January 2019\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eNumber of pages: 584+x\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe field of green solvents changes rapidly and continuously. It can be well evidenced from the turnover of solvents in this book. Forty-five solvents included in the previous edition are not produced or considered green anymore and they are replaced in the book by about 70 new solvents considered as green replacements of the presently used products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe list of solvents used in the industry rapidly changes because replacement “greener” solvents are becoming available and because of an anticipation that some solvent(s) will be banned by authorities soon. Because this book is designed to assist industry in the selection of suitable solvents it has to be frequently updated by the current trends and findings. It not only provides data on carefully selected, commercially available, green solvents but it also gives concise advice on how to assess and qualify green solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eDatabook of Green Solvents\u003c\/strong\u003e contains data divided into five sections: General, Physical, Health, Environmental, and Use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the \u003cstrong\u003eGeneral \u003c\/strong\u003esection, the following data are displayed: Name, CAS number, Acronym, Chemical category, Empirical formula, IUPAC name, Mixture, Moisture contents, Molecular weight, Other properties, Product contents, EC number, RTECS number, and Synonyms 1, 2, 3.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePhysical\u003c\/strong\u003e section contains data on Dielectric constant, Acceptor number, Acid dissociation constant, Aniline point, Antoine temperature range, Antoine constants A, B, and C, Boiling temperature, Coefficient of thermal expansion, Color, Corrosivity, Donor number, Electrical conductivity, Evaporation rates with butyl acetate=1 and ether=1, Freezing temperature, Hansen solubility parameters dD, dP, and dH, Molar volume, Heat of combustion, Enthalpy of vaporization, Enthalpy of vaporization temperature, Henry's law constant, Hildebrand solubility parameter, Kauri butanol number, Odor, Odor threshold, pH, Polarity parameter, ET(30), Refractive index, Solubility in water, Specific gravity, Specific gravity temperature, Specific heat, State, Surface tension, Thermal conductivity, Vapor density, Vapor pressure, Vapor pressure temperature, Viscosity, and Viscosity temperature.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eHealth \u003c\/strong\u003esection contains data on Autoignition temperature, Carcinogenicity: IRAC, NTP, OSHA, Mutagenic properties, Reproduction\/developmental toxicity, DOT class, TDG class, ICAO\/IATA class, packaging group, IMDG class, packaging group, UN\/NA hazard class, UN packaging group, Proper shipping name, Explosion limits: lower and upper, Flash point, Flash point method, LD50 dermal (rabbit), LC50 inhalation (rat), LD50 oral (mouse), LD50 oral (rat), Maximum concentration during 30 min exposure (NIOSH-IDLH), Maximum concentration at any time: ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA, Maximum concentration during continuous exposure for 15 min: ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA, NFPA flammability, health, reactivity, HMIS flammability, health, reactivity, Route of entry, Ingestion, Skin irritation, Eye irritation, Inhalation, First aid: eyes, skin, inhalation, Chronic effects, Target organs, Threshold limiting value: ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA, UN number, UN risk phrases, and UN safety phrases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental\u003c\/strong\u003e section contains data on Aquatic toxicity, Bluegill sunfish (96-h LC50), Daphnia magna (96-h LC50) and (48-h LC50), Fathead minnow (96-h LC50), Rainbow trout (96-h LC50), Bioconcentration factor, Biodegradation probability, Biological oxygen demand (20-day test) and (5-day test), Chemical oxygen demand, Atmospheric half-life, Hydroxyl rate constant, Global warming potential, Montreal protocol, Partition coefficient, Ozone depletion potential (CFC11=1), Ozone rate constant, Soil absorption constant, Theoretical oxygen demand, Urban ozone formation potential (C2H4=1), UV absorption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse\u003c\/strong\u003e section contains information on Manufacturer, Outstanding properties, Potential substitutes, Recommended for polymers, Features \u0026amp; benefits, Processing methods, Recommended dosage, and Recommended for products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe table of contents gives more information on solvent groups included in the Databook of Green Solvents. Solvents are divided into 14 essential groups of green products. Emphasis is given to safer and more efficient replacements of more toxic solvents. In addition to this publication, \u003cstrong\u003eDatabook of Solvents\u003c\/strong\u003e contains data on the solvents which are the most frequently used today in the manufacturing processes. Majority of these solvents belong to a group of the high production volume solvents which are produced or imported at levels greater than 1,000 tones per year by at least one member country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReaders interested in this subject should note that two volumes of fundamental treatment of all essential areas of solvents’ use have also been just published. They include \u003cstrong\u003eHandbook of Solvents. Volume 1. Properties \u003c\/strong\u003eand\u003cstrong\u003e Handbook of Solvents\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003eVolume 2. Use, Health, and Environment\u003c\/strong\u003e. Together these four books provide the most comprehensive information on the subject of solvents ever published. The books are the authoritative sources of knowledge, considering that very well-known experts in the fields of solvent use were involved in the creation of these extensive publications. An essential aim of these books is to keep their information updated by findings from the most recent literature and developments occurring in the field of solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e1 What does make solvent green?\u003cbr\u003e2 Information on the data fields\u003cbr\u003e3 Solvents\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Biodegradable solvents\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Biorenewable solvents\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Deep eutectic solvents\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Esters\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Fatty acid methyl esters\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Generally recognized as safe, GRAS, solvents\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Generic solvents\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Hydrofluoroethers \u003cbr\u003e3.9 Ionic liquids\u003cbr\u003e3.10 Perfluorocarbons\u003cbr\u003e3.11 Siloxanes\u003cbr\u003e3.12 Sulfoxides\u003cbr\u003e3.13 Supercritical fluids\u003cbr\u003e3.14 Terpenes\u003c\/div\u003e"}
Description Author: Malgorzata Hanson and Anna Wypych ISBN 978-1-927885-49-9 Number of pages: 542+xvi Summary Curatives and crosslinkers form a group of additives necessary in the processing of thermosets. Forty groups of curatives/crosslinkers are included in Databook of Curatives and Crosslinkers. They include the following chemical groups of additives: acids, acrylamides, aldehydes, amides, amidoamines, amines, anhydrides, aziridines,...
$285.00
in stock
{"id":2059028987997,"title":"Databook of Curatives and Crosslinkers","handle":"databook-of-curatives-and-crosslinkers","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Malgorzata Hanson and Anna Wypych \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-49-9 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNumber of pages: 542+xvi\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCuratives and crosslinkers form a group of additives necessary in the processing of thermosets. Forty groups of curatives\/crosslinkers are included in Databook of Curatives and Crosslinkers. They include the following chemical groups of additives: acids, acrylamides, aldehydes, amides, amidoamines, amines, anhydrides, aziridines, borates, epoxy-functionalized polymers, carbamides, carbodiimides, chitosan derivatives, cyanamides, diols, glutarates, glycols, graphene oxide derivatives, hydantoin glycols, hydrazides, hydroxides, hydroxyl-containing moieties, imidazoles, isocyanates, isocyanurates, ketimines, maleimides, melamines, novolacs, peroxides, peroxyketals, phenols, polyols, salts, silanes, siloxanes, thiols, titanates, and ziconium derivatives. In total, 416 additives and included in the book.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe additives discussed in the book have been suggested for use in 63 polymer and rubber types, as well as in 96 groups of products. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe data for each curative\/crosslinker is presented in a separate table. The information in the table is divided into five sections, including General, Physical properties, Health \u0026amp; safety, Ecological, and Use. The contents of these five sections are given below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral\u003c\/strong\u003e section contains the following fields: name, CAS #, acronym, acrylamide content, active content, active oxygen content, amine value, amine equivalent weight, assay, aziridine content, bio-based composition, borate content, chemical class, chemical composition, common name, cure schedule, EC number, empirical formula, formula, functionality, hydroxyl number, IUPAC name, moisture content, molecular mass, NCO content, RTECS #, SiH content, solvent, solids content, sulfur content, Ti content, water content, and Zr content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePhysical\u003c\/strong\u003e section contains the following fields: acid #, activation energy, alkalinity, ash content, boiling point, color (description, Gardner, platinum-cobalt scales), density, dimer acids, freezing\/melting point, gel time, glass transition temperature, half-life, kinematic viscosity, monomer acids, odor, particle size, pH, polymer acids, pot life, refractive index, solubility (in solvents and water), specific gravity, state, storage, surface tension, thin film set time, vapor density, vapor pressure, and viscosity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHealth \u0026amp; safety\u003c\/strong\u003e section contains the following fields: ADR\/RID class, autoignition temperature, HMIS (fire, health, reactivity), inventory status, carcinogenicity, DOT class, explosive LEL \u0026amp; UEL, eye irritation, flash point and method, first aid (eye, skin, inhalation), hazardous thermal decomposition products, ICAO\/IATA class, IMDG class, ingestion, inhalation (rat LC50), LD50 (dermal rat and rabbit, and oral rat), mutagenicity, NFPA (flammability, health, reactivity), self-accelerating decomposition temperature, skin irritation, teratogenicity, TLV (ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA), UN risk and safety phrases, and UN\/NA class.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEcological\u003c\/strong\u003e section contains the following fields: aquatic toxicity (NOEC), LC50 (\u003cem\u003eBluegill sunfish, Daphnia magna, Fathead minnow, Rainbow trout, Zebra fish\u003c\/em\u003e), bioaccumulation, bioconcentration factor, biodegradation probability, and partition coefficients. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse\u003c\/strong\u003e section contains the following fields: crosslinking process, crosslinking target, dose, food contact, formulation examples, manufacturer, optional curing time, outstanding properties, problems to avoid, reactive groups, recommended for products, recommended for resins, spacer arm length, suggested curing temperature, suggested maximum compounding temperature, and tips for application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe above information is beneficial if compiled for all additives in a comparable format. We use the same set of units to achieve the compatibility of data. At the same time, data can only be made available if they are provided by the manufacturing companies which is frequently not the prevalent case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe data included in the Databook of Curatives and Crosslinkers represent significant suppliers and are based on the most recent available information regarding additives selection. The examples of applications are also discussed. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo improve navigation throughout the book, four indices have been generated, as follows. The index of curative names is placed at the beginning of the book. Indices of the chemical composition of curatives\/crosslinkers, their application for different polymers, and product applications can be found at the end of this book.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn addition to this book which contains data on commercial additives, \u003cstrong\u003eHandbook of Curatives and Crosslinkers\u003c\/strong\u003e has been published at the same time. The book includes information on mechanisms of action of these additives, methods of their use, their effects on properties of transformed products, their applications, and many other fundamental aspects related to this group of additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAnna Wypych, born in 1937, studied chemical engineering and polymer chemistry and obtained M. Sc. in chemical engineering in 1960. The professional expertise includes both teaching and research \u0026amp; development. Anna Wypych has published 1 book (MSDS Manual), several databases, 6 scientific papers, and obtained 3 patents. She specializes in polymer additives for PVC and other polymers and evaluates their effect on health and environment.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:10-04:00","created_at":"2019-03-18T13:41:41-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2019","additives","application","book"],"price":28500,"price_min":28500,"price_max":28500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":20181609644125,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Databook of Curatives and Crosslinkers","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":28500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-927885-49-9","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-49-9.jpg?v=1552931446"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-49-9.jpg?v=1552931446","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":1423084748893,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-49-9.jpg?v=1552931446"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-49-9.jpg?v=1552931446","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Malgorzata Hanson and Anna Wypych \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-49-9 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNumber of pages: 542+xvi\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCuratives and crosslinkers form a group of additives necessary in the processing of thermosets. Forty groups of curatives\/crosslinkers are included in Databook of Curatives and Crosslinkers. They include the following chemical groups of additives: acids, acrylamides, aldehydes, amides, amidoamines, amines, anhydrides, aziridines, borates, epoxy-functionalized polymers, carbamides, carbodiimides, chitosan derivatives, cyanamides, diols, glutarates, glycols, graphene oxide derivatives, hydantoin glycols, hydrazides, hydroxides, hydroxyl-containing moieties, imidazoles, isocyanates, isocyanurates, ketimines, maleimides, melamines, novolacs, peroxides, peroxyketals, phenols, polyols, salts, silanes, siloxanes, thiols, titanates, and ziconium derivatives. In total, 416 additives and included in the book.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe additives discussed in the book have been suggested for use in 63 polymer and rubber types, as well as in 96 groups of products. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe data for each curative\/crosslinker is presented in a separate table. The information in the table is divided into five sections, including General, Physical properties, Health \u0026amp; safety, Ecological, and Use. The contents of these five sections are given below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral\u003c\/strong\u003e section contains the following fields: name, CAS #, acronym, acrylamide content, active content, active oxygen content, amine value, amine equivalent weight, assay, aziridine content, bio-based composition, borate content, chemical class, chemical composition, common name, cure schedule, EC number, empirical formula, formula, functionality, hydroxyl number, IUPAC name, moisture content, molecular mass, NCO content, RTECS #, SiH content, solvent, solids content, sulfur content, Ti content, water content, and Zr content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePhysical\u003c\/strong\u003e section contains the following fields: acid #, activation energy, alkalinity, ash content, boiling point, color (description, Gardner, platinum-cobalt scales), density, dimer acids, freezing\/melting point, gel time, glass transition temperature, half-life, kinematic viscosity, monomer acids, odor, particle size, pH, polymer acids, pot life, refractive index, solubility (in solvents and water), specific gravity, state, storage, surface tension, thin film set time, vapor density, vapor pressure, and viscosity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHealth \u0026amp; safety\u003c\/strong\u003e section contains the following fields: ADR\/RID class, autoignition temperature, HMIS (fire, health, reactivity), inventory status, carcinogenicity, DOT class, explosive LEL \u0026amp; UEL, eye irritation, flash point and method, first aid (eye, skin, inhalation), hazardous thermal decomposition products, ICAO\/IATA class, IMDG class, ingestion, inhalation (rat LC50), LD50 (dermal rat and rabbit, and oral rat), mutagenicity, NFPA (flammability, health, reactivity), self-accelerating decomposition temperature, skin irritation, teratogenicity, TLV (ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA), UN risk and safety phrases, and UN\/NA class.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEcological\u003c\/strong\u003e section contains the following fields: aquatic toxicity (NOEC), LC50 (\u003cem\u003eBluegill sunfish, Daphnia magna, Fathead minnow, Rainbow trout, Zebra fish\u003c\/em\u003e), bioaccumulation, bioconcentration factor, biodegradation probability, and partition coefficients. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse\u003c\/strong\u003e section contains the following fields: crosslinking process, crosslinking target, dose, food contact, formulation examples, manufacturer, optional curing time, outstanding properties, problems to avoid, reactive groups, recommended for products, recommended for resins, spacer arm length, suggested curing temperature, suggested maximum compounding temperature, and tips for application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe above information is beneficial if compiled for all additives in a comparable format. We use the same set of units to achieve the compatibility of data. At the same time, data can only be made available if they are provided by the manufacturing companies which is frequently not the prevalent case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe data included in the Databook of Curatives and Crosslinkers represent significant suppliers and are based on the most recent available information regarding additives selection. The examples of applications are also discussed. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo improve navigation throughout the book, four indices have been generated, as follows. The index of curative names is placed at the beginning of the book. Indices of the chemical composition of curatives\/crosslinkers, their application for different polymers, and product applications can be found at the end of this book.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn addition to this book which contains data on commercial additives, \u003cstrong\u003eHandbook of Curatives and Crosslinkers\u003c\/strong\u003e has been published at the same time. The book includes information on mechanisms of action of these additives, methods of their use, their effects on properties of transformed products, their applications, and many other fundamental aspects related to this group of additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAnna Wypych, born in 1937, studied chemical engineering and polymer chemistry and obtained M. Sc. in chemical engineering in 1960. The professional expertise includes both teaching and research \u0026amp; development. Anna Wypych has published 1 book (MSDS Manual), several databases, 6 scientific papers, and obtained 3 patents. She specializes in polymer additives for PVC and other polymers and evaluates their effect on health and environment."}
Description Authors: Anna Wypych and George Wypych ISBN 978-1-895198-82-9 Summary Many currently used solvents have to be replaced, either because of regulations or because of ever growing trend to produce safer products or produce them in a safer way. There is a lot of confusion in the market place regarding of what really consists of green...
$285.00
in stock
{"id":738272804964,"title":"Databook of Green Solvents","handle":"databook-of-green-solvents","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAuthors: Anna Wypych and George Wypych\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eISBN \u003cspan\u003e978-1-895198-82-9\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eMany currently used solvents have to be replaced, either because of regulations or because of ever growing trend to produce safer products or produce them in a safer way. There is a lot of confusion in the market place regarding of what really consists of green solvent. Some solvents previously advertised as green solvents have to be replaced according to the present regulations, and these are costly and risky operations.\u003cbr\u003eThis book not only gives data on carefully selected, commercially available, green solvents but it also gives concise advice on how to assess and qualify green solvents.\u003cbr\u003eThe Databook of Green Solvents contains data divided into five sections: General, Physical, Health, Environmental, and Use. \u003cbr\u003eIn the General section, the following data are displayed: Name, CAS number, Acronym, Chemical category, Empirical formula, IUPAC name, Mixture, Moisture contents, Molecular weight, Other properties, Product contents, EC number, RTECS number, and Synonyms 1, 2, 3.\u003cbr\u003ePhysical section contains data on Dielectric constant, Acceptor number, Acid dissociation constant, Aniline point, Antoine temperature range, Antoine constants A, B, and C, Boiling temperature, Coefficient of thermal expansion, Color, Corrosivity, Donor number, Electrical conductivity, Evaporation rates with butyl acetate=1 and ether=1, Freezing temperature, Hansen solubility parameters dD, dP, and dH, Molar volume, Heat of combustion, Enthalpy of vaporization, Enthalpy of vaporization temperature, Henry's law constant, Hildebrand solubility parameter, Kauri butanol number, Odor, Odor threshold, pH, Polarity parameter, ET(30), Refractive index, Solubility in water, Specific gravity, Specific gravity temperature, Specific heat, State, Surface tension, Thermal conductivity, Vapor density, Vapor pressure, Vapor pressure temperature, Viscosity, and Viscosity temperature.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHealth section contains data on Autoignition temperature, Carcinogenicity: IRAC, NTP, OSHA, Mutagenic properties, Reproduction\/developmental toxicity, DOT class, TDG class, ICAO\/IATA class, packaging group, IMDG class, packaging group, UN\/NA hazard class, UN packaging group, Proper shipping name, Explosion limits: lower and upper, Flash point, Flash point method, LD50 dermal (rabbit), LC50 inhalation (rat), LD50 oral (mouse), LD50 oral (rat), Maximum concentration during 30 min exposure (NIOSH-IDLH), Maximum concentration at any time: ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA, Maximum concentration during continuous exposure for 15 min: ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA, NFPA flammability, health, reactivity, HMIS flammability, health, reactivity, Route of entry, Ingestion, Skin irritation, Eye irritation, Inhalation, First aid: eyes, skin, inhalation, Chronic effects, Target organs, Threshold limiting value: ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA, UN number, UN risk phrases, and UN safety phrases. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEnvironmental section contains data on Aquatic toxicity, Bluegill sunfish (96-h LC50), Daphnia magna (96-h LC50) and (48-h LC50), Fathead minnow (96-h LC50), Rainbow trout (96-h LC50), Bioconcentration factor, Biodegradation probability, Biological oxygen demand (20-day test) and (5-day test), Chemical oxygen demand, Atmospheric half-life, Hydroxyl rate constant, Global warming potential, Montreal protocol, Partition coefficient, Ozone depletion potential (CFC11=1), Ozone rate constant, Soil absorption constant, Theoretical oxygen demand, Urban ozone formation potential (C2H4=1), UV absorption.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse section contains information on Manufacturer, Outstanding properties, Potential substitutes, Recommended for polymers, Features \u0026amp; benefits, Processing methods, Recommended dosage, and Recommended for products.\u003cbr\u003eAbout 300 of the most essential solvents are included in the publication. The table of contents gives more information on solvent groups included in the Databook of Green Solvents. Emphasis is given to safer and more efficient replacements of more toxic solvents. In addition to this publication, Databook of Solvents contains data on solvents most frequently used by industry.\u003cbr\u003eReaders interested in this subject should note that two volumes of fundamental treatment of all essential areas of solvents’ use have also been just published. They include: Handbook of Solvents. Volume 1. Properties and Handbook of Solvents. Volume 2. Use, Health, and Environment. Together these four books provide the most comprehensive information on the subject ever published. The books are the authoritative source of knowledge, considering that very well-known experts in the fields of solvent use were involved in the creation of these extensive publications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e1 What does make solvent green?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e2 Information on the data fields\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3 Solvents\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.1 Biodegradable solvents\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.2 Biorenewable solvents\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.3 Deep eutectic solvents\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.4 Esters\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.5 Fatty acid methyl esters\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.6 Generally recognized as safe, GRAS, solvents\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.7 Generic solvents\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.8 Hydrofluoroethers \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.9 Ionic liquids\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.10 Perfluorocarbons\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.11 Siloxanes\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:20-04:00","created_at":"2018-04-05T20:47:15-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2014","book","environment","green solvent","health","physical properties","solvent"],"price":28500,"price_min":28500,"price_max":28500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":8103400308836,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Databook of Green Solvents","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":28500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-895198-16-4","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-82-9_612d2e8c-6044-45e9-a572-ec81e6b88d30.jpg?v=1522976003"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-82-9_612d2e8c-6044-45e9-a572-ec81e6b88d30.jpg?v=1522976003","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":810376331357,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-82-9_612d2e8c-6044-45e9-a572-ec81e6b88d30.jpg?v=1522976003"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-82-9_612d2e8c-6044-45e9-a572-ec81e6b88d30.jpg?v=1522976003","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAuthors: Anna Wypych and George Wypych\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eISBN \u003cspan\u003e978-1-895198-82-9\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eMany currently used solvents have to be replaced, either because of regulations or because of ever growing trend to produce safer products or produce them in a safer way. There is a lot of confusion in the market place regarding of what really consists of green solvent. Some solvents previously advertised as green solvents have to be replaced according to the present regulations, and these are costly and risky operations.\u003cbr\u003eThis book not only gives data on carefully selected, commercially available, green solvents but it also gives concise advice on how to assess and qualify green solvents.\u003cbr\u003eThe Databook of Green Solvents contains data divided into five sections: General, Physical, Health, Environmental, and Use. \u003cbr\u003eIn the General section, the following data are displayed: Name, CAS number, Acronym, Chemical category, Empirical formula, IUPAC name, Mixture, Moisture contents, Molecular weight, Other properties, Product contents, EC number, RTECS number, and Synonyms 1, 2, 3.\u003cbr\u003ePhysical section contains data on Dielectric constant, Acceptor number, Acid dissociation constant, Aniline point, Antoine temperature range, Antoine constants A, B, and C, Boiling temperature, Coefficient of thermal expansion, Color, Corrosivity, Donor number, Electrical conductivity, Evaporation rates with butyl acetate=1 and ether=1, Freezing temperature, Hansen solubility parameters dD, dP, and dH, Molar volume, Heat of combustion, Enthalpy of vaporization, Enthalpy of vaporization temperature, Henry's law constant, Hildebrand solubility parameter, Kauri butanol number, Odor, Odor threshold, pH, Polarity parameter, ET(30), Refractive index, Solubility in water, Specific gravity, Specific gravity temperature, Specific heat, State, Surface tension, Thermal conductivity, Vapor density, Vapor pressure, Vapor pressure temperature, Viscosity, and Viscosity temperature.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHealth section contains data on Autoignition temperature, Carcinogenicity: IRAC, NTP, OSHA, Mutagenic properties, Reproduction\/developmental toxicity, DOT class, TDG class, ICAO\/IATA class, packaging group, IMDG class, packaging group, UN\/NA hazard class, UN packaging group, Proper shipping name, Explosion limits: lower and upper, Flash point, Flash point method, LD50 dermal (rabbit), LC50 inhalation (rat), LD50 oral (mouse), LD50 oral (rat), Maximum concentration during 30 min exposure (NIOSH-IDLH), Maximum concentration at any time: ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA, Maximum concentration during continuous exposure for 15 min: ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA, NFPA flammability, health, reactivity, HMIS flammability, health, reactivity, Route of entry, Ingestion, Skin irritation, Eye irritation, Inhalation, First aid: eyes, skin, inhalation, Chronic effects, Target organs, Threshold limiting value: ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA, UN number, UN risk phrases, and UN safety phrases. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEnvironmental section contains data on Aquatic toxicity, Bluegill sunfish (96-h LC50), Daphnia magna (96-h LC50) and (48-h LC50), Fathead minnow (96-h LC50), Rainbow trout (96-h LC50), Bioconcentration factor, Biodegradation probability, Biological oxygen demand (20-day test) and (5-day test), Chemical oxygen demand, Atmospheric half-life, Hydroxyl rate constant, Global warming potential, Montreal protocol, Partition coefficient, Ozone depletion potential (CFC11=1), Ozone rate constant, Soil absorption constant, Theoretical oxygen demand, Urban ozone formation potential (C2H4=1), UV absorption.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse section contains information on Manufacturer, Outstanding properties, Potential substitutes, Recommended for polymers, Features \u0026amp; benefits, Processing methods, Recommended dosage, and Recommended for products.\u003cbr\u003eAbout 300 of the most essential solvents are included in the publication. The table of contents gives more information on solvent groups included in the Databook of Green Solvents. Emphasis is given to safer and more efficient replacements of more toxic solvents. In addition to this publication, Databook of Solvents contains data on solvents most frequently used by industry.\u003cbr\u003eReaders interested in this subject should note that two volumes of fundamental treatment of all essential areas of solvents’ use have also been just published. They include: Handbook of Solvents. Volume 1. Properties and Handbook of Solvents. Volume 2. Use, Health, and Environment. Together these four books provide the most comprehensive information on the subject ever published. The books are the authoritative source of knowledge, considering that very well-known experts in the fields of solvent use were involved in the creation of these extensive publications.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e1 What does make solvent green?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e2 Information on the data fields\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3 Solvents\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.1 Biodegradable solvents\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.2 Biorenewable solvents\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.3 Deep eutectic solvents\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.4 Esters\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.5 Fatty acid methyl esters\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.6 Generally recognized as safe, GRAS, solvents\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.7 Generic solvents\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.8 Hydrofluoroethers \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.9 Ionic liquids\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.10 Perfluorocarbons\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e3.11 Siloxanes\u003c\/div\u003e"}
Description Authors: Reiji Mezaki, Guang Hui Ma ISBN 978-1-895198-16-4 Summary This book is a compilation of rate expressions for industrially important polymerization reactions which have appeared in major technical journals in both chemistry and chemical engineering. In this text we have selected only homo- polymer systems with the exception of polycondensation systems although co- polymers are...
$120.00
in stock
{"id":738272051300,"title":"Rate of Equation for Polymerization","handle":"rate-of-equation-for-polymerization","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAuthors: Reiji Mezaki, Guang Hui Ma\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eISBN \u003cspan\u003e978-1-895198-16-4\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis book is a compilation of rate expressions for industrially important polymerization reactions which have appeared in major technical journals in both chemistry and chemical engineering. In this text we have selected only homo- polymer systems with the exception of polycondensation systems although co- polymers are more widely used. It is our intention to compile and publish the rate expressions for copolymerization reactions in a subsequent volume. In the polymer industry rate expressions are vital for the analysis optimal design and optimal operation of polymerization reactors. In reacting systems other than polymerization reaction comprehensive summaries of kinetic data have been published on may occasions. For polymerization reactions however no extensive compilation of rate expressions has been attempted even though many useful textbooks have been published for the study of polymerization kinetics. It is true that computer aided searches of pertinent databases assist chemists and chemical engineers in finding rate expressions needed for their studies. Yet computer surveys of data bases are sometimes time consuming and often costly. We hope that this book will be of service for those who wish to conduct an efficient survey of the rate expressions of interest to them. The contents of the book can be used in a variety of ways. For example chemists and chemical engineers can estimate polymerization rates for desired polymerization conditions by using the rate expressions assembled here. comparison of the rates thus estimated against rates determined for a newly developed initiator or catalyst furnishes a useful evaluation of the initiator or catalyst. For the development of polymerization rate models, we recommend that investigators modified models on the basis of their own data. In the area of polymerization reactions, it is generally recognized that rate expressions are totally different if the polymerization occurs in the region where diffusion process of reactants and\/or products are rate- determining. On some occasions needless to say rate expressions reported in the past can be used without modifying the form of the rate equations. However, the rate parameters contained in the equations must be reevaluated by using the experimental data gathered by the investigators themselves. The use of uniform units might be convenient for users of this book.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eNo attempts were made to have such uniformity in order to avoid errors that we might introduce during the process of converting the units. It should be noted that many important journals issued in Russia in Eastern Europe and in the People’s Republic of China were excluded in our search for rate expressions. This is mainly because some difficulties were experienced in obtaining both the original and the English versions of these journals. However, the authors sincerely hope that the publication of this book will encourage other interested persons to collect rate expressions published in the geographical regions mentioned above. Perhaps in this way, some collaborative efforts will result in a substantially more complete collection of rate expressions for polymerization reactions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1.Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2.General Mechanism of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Template Polycondensation\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Chain Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Template Copolymerization \u003cbr\u003e3.Templates and Orientation of Substrates on Template \u003cbr\u003e4.Examples of Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Polyacids as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Polyimines and Polyamines as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Polybase Ionenes as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Poly(ethylene oxide) and Poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Poly(methyl methacrylate) as Template\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Poly(vinylopyridines) as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Other Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Multimonomers as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Ring-opening Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.Examples of Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Template Copolycondensation\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Ring Opening Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Radical Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Copolymerization with Participation of Multimonomers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Copolymerization of Two Different Multimonomers \u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Copolymerization without Multimonomers\u003cbr\u003e6.Examples of Template Polycondensation \u003cbr\u003e7.Secondary Reactions in Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e8.Kinetics of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Template Ring-opening Polymerization Kinetics \u003cbr\u003e8.3 Template Radical Polymerization Kinetics\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Kinetics of Multimonomer Polymerization 9.Products of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e9.1 Polymers with Ladder-type Structure\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Polymer Complexes\u003cbr\u003e10.Potential Applications \u003cbr\u003e11.Experimental Techniques Used in the Study of Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Methods of Examination of Polymerization Process\u003cbr\u003e11.2 Methods of Examination of Template Polymerization Products\u003cbr\u003e11.2.1 Polymeric Complexes\u003cbr\u003e11.2.2 Ladder Polymers","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:20-04:00","created_at":"2018-04-05T20:38:23-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["1985","alloys","blends","book","japan","japanese patent","polymer","polymers"],"price":12000,"price_min":12000,"price_max":12000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":8103396311140,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Rate of Equation for Polymerization","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-895198-16-4","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-16-4.jpg?v=1522975454"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-16-4.jpg?v=1522975454","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":810376101981,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-16-4.jpg?v=1522975454"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-16-4.jpg?v=1522975454","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAuthors: Reiji Mezaki, Guang Hui Ma\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eISBN \u003cspan\u003e978-1-895198-16-4\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis book is a compilation of rate expressions for industrially important polymerization reactions which have appeared in major technical journals in both chemistry and chemical engineering. In this text we have selected only homo- polymer systems with the exception of polycondensation systems although co- polymers are more widely used. It is our intention to compile and publish the rate expressions for copolymerization reactions in a subsequent volume. In the polymer industry rate expressions are vital for the analysis optimal design and optimal operation of polymerization reactors. In reacting systems other than polymerization reaction comprehensive summaries of kinetic data have been published on may occasions. For polymerization reactions however no extensive compilation of rate expressions has been attempted even though many useful textbooks have been published for the study of polymerization kinetics. It is true that computer aided searches of pertinent databases assist chemists and chemical engineers in finding rate expressions needed for their studies. Yet computer surveys of data bases are sometimes time consuming and often costly. We hope that this book will be of service for those who wish to conduct an efficient survey of the rate expressions of interest to them. The contents of the book can be used in a variety of ways. For example chemists and chemical engineers can estimate polymerization rates for desired polymerization conditions by using the rate expressions assembled here. comparison of the rates thus estimated against rates determined for a newly developed initiator or catalyst furnishes a useful evaluation of the initiator or catalyst. For the development of polymerization rate models, we recommend that investigators modified models on the basis of their own data. In the area of polymerization reactions, it is generally recognized that rate expressions are totally different if the polymerization occurs in the region where diffusion process of reactants and\/or products are rate- determining. On some occasions needless to say rate expressions reported in the past can be used without modifying the form of the rate equations. However, the rate parameters contained in the equations must be reevaluated by using the experimental data gathered by the investigators themselves. The use of uniform units might be convenient for users of this book.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eNo attempts were made to have such uniformity in order to avoid errors that we might introduce during the process of converting the units. It should be noted that many important journals issued in Russia in Eastern Europe and in the People’s Republic of China were excluded in our search for rate expressions. This is mainly because some difficulties were experienced in obtaining both the original and the English versions of these journals. However, the authors sincerely hope that the publication of this book will encourage other interested persons to collect rate expressions published in the geographical regions mentioned above. Perhaps in this way, some collaborative efforts will result in a substantially more complete collection of rate expressions for polymerization reactions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1.Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2.General Mechanism of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Template Polycondensation\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Chain Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Template Copolymerization \u003cbr\u003e3.Templates and Orientation of Substrates on Template \u003cbr\u003e4.Examples of Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Polyacids as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Polyimines and Polyamines as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Polybase Ionenes as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Poly(ethylene oxide) and Poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Poly(methyl methacrylate) as Template\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Poly(vinylopyridines) as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Other Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Multimonomers as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Ring-opening Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.Examples of Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Template Copolycondensation\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Ring Opening Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Radical Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Copolymerization with Participation of Multimonomers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Copolymerization of Two Different Multimonomers \u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Copolymerization without Multimonomers\u003cbr\u003e6.Examples of Template Polycondensation \u003cbr\u003e7.Secondary Reactions in Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e8.Kinetics of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Template Ring-opening Polymerization Kinetics \u003cbr\u003e8.3 Template Radical Polymerization Kinetics\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Kinetics of Multimonomer Polymerization 9.Products of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e9.1 Polymers with Ladder-type Structure\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Polymer Complexes\u003cbr\u003e10.Potential Applications \u003cbr\u003e11.Experimental Techniques Used in the Study of Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Methods of Examination of Polymerization Process\u003cbr\u003e11.2 Methods of Examination of Template Polymerization Products\u003cbr\u003e11.2.1 Polymeric Complexes\u003cbr\u003e11.2.2 Ladder Polymers"}
Description Author: Stefan Polowinski, Technical University of Lodz, Poland ISBN 978-1-895198-15-7151 pp., 60 figures, 18 tables Summary Introducing the first published monograph devoted to this emerging technology Template polymerization is a new field in polymer synthesis but common practice in the biosynthesis since DNA is the most popular template or matrix on which proteins are...
$85.00
in stock
{"id":738270773348,"title":"Template polymerization","handle":"template-polymerization","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAuthor: Stefan Polowinski, Technical University of Lodz, Poland \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eISBN \u003cspan\u003e978-1-895198-15-7\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e151 pp., 60 figures, 18 tables\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eIntroducing the first published monograph devoted to this emerging technology \u003cbr\u003eTemplate polymerization is a new field in polymer synthesis but common practice in the biosynthesis since DNA is the most popular template or matrix on which proteins are built by living species. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis field is relevant to the synthesis of polymers of controlled structure but its application goes beyond the synthesis. Materials are formulated in complex mixtures always containing components which can be regarded as templates on which other materials are formed, modified, or are interacted with. In the new product development, the relevance of these phenomena is controlled by the order of addition which affects probabilities and preferences of interaction. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe current publication outlines mechanisms of template polymerization, polycondensation, and copolymerization. These mechanisms, illustrated with numerous examples, indicate a range of possibilities which can be encountered in materials and utilized to modify their properties. The orientation of substrates on a template and their effect on modification of their reactivity and properties such as, for example, absorption of light or water are also discussed. Several chapters contain information on these studies discussed with sufficient detail to give reader comprehensive understanding of the methods used in various research laboratories and their findings. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKinetics of template polymerization is discussed from both theoretical and analytical sides. First, the kinetic equations which are useful in the analysis of template polymerization are discussed. The theories quoted were verified by the experiments. The chapter contains data on several groups of typical reaction mechanisms. This chapter is followed by the discussion of properties of materials which are obtained in template polymerization. These products are compared with materials made from similar monomers but without the advent of a template. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSeveral ideas are given regarding potential applications of this interesting technology. The book is completed by the in-depth, expert discussion of methods which can be applied to study template polymerization. Similar methods and techniques can be applied to study the effect of materials in multicomponent mixtures from which commercial products are manufactured. This may allow one to understand various properties observed in multicomponent systems. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book concentrates on the subject of the template (matrix) polymerization but it is a relevant source of information for those involved in any aspect of polymer synthesis, processing, and application. Since it is written in a very direct manner by one of the leading experts in this technology, the book can be used in a university classroom, by a researcher, engineer in production, or any other person who wants to understand what happens when materials interact with each other.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1.Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2.General Mechanism of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Template Polycondensation\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Chain Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Template Copolymerization \u003cbr\u003e3.Templates and Orientation of Substrates on Template \u003cbr\u003e4.Examples of Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Polyacids as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Polyimines and Polyamines as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Polybase Ionenes as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Poly(ethylene oxide) and Poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Poly(methyl methacrylate) as Template\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Poly(vinylopyridines) as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Other Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Multimonomers as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Ring-opening Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.Examples of Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Template Copolycondensation\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Ring Opening Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Radical Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Copolymerization with Participation of Multimonomers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Copolymerization of Two Different Multimonomers \u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Copolymerization without Multimonomers\u003cbr\u003e6.Examples of Template Polycondensation \u003cbr\u003e7.Secondary Reactions in Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e8.Kinetics of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Template Ring-opening Polymerization Kinetics \u003cbr\u003e8.3 Template Radical Polymerization Kinetics\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Kinetics of Multimonomer Polymerization 9.Products of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e9.1 Polymers with Ladder-type Structure\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Polymer Complexes\u003cbr\u003e10.Potential Applications \u003cbr\u003e11.Experimental Techniques Used in the Study of Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Methods of Examination of Polymerization Process\u003cbr\u003e11.2 Methods of Examination of Template Polymerization Products\u003cbr\u003e11.2.1 Polymeric Complexes\u003cbr\u003e11.2.2 Ladder Polymers","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:20-04:00","created_at":"2018-04-05T20:26:14-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["biosynthesis","blends","book","copolymerization","DNA","polymer","polymer synthesis","polymerization","polymers"],"price":8500,"price_min":8500,"price_max":8500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":8103392313444,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Template polymerization","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":8500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-895198-15-7","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-15-7.jpg?v=1522975074"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-15-7.jpg?v=1522975074","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":810375938141,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-15-7.jpg?v=1522975074"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-15-7.jpg?v=1522975074","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAuthor: Stefan Polowinski, Technical University of Lodz, Poland \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eISBN \u003cspan\u003e978-1-895198-15-7\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e151 pp., 60 figures, 18 tables\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eIntroducing the first published monograph devoted to this emerging technology \u003cbr\u003eTemplate polymerization is a new field in polymer synthesis but common practice in the biosynthesis since DNA is the most popular template or matrix on which proteins are built by living species. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis field is relevant to the synthesis of polymers of controlled structure but its application goes beyond the synthesis. Materials are formulated in complex mixtures always containing components which can be regarded as templates on which other materials are formed, modified, or are interacted with. In the new product development, the relevance of these phenomena is controlled by the order of addition which affects probabilities and preferences of interaction. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe current publication outlines mechanisms of template polymerization, polycondensation, and copolymerization. These mechanisms, illustrated with numerous examples, indicate a range of possibilities which can be encountered in materials and utilized to modify their properties. The orientation of substrates on a template and their effect on modification of their reactivity and properties such as, for example, absorption of light or water are also discussed. Several chapters contain information on these studies discussed with sufficient detail to give reader comprehensive understanding of the methods used in various research laboratories and their findings. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKinetics of template polymerization is discussed from both theoretical and analytical sides. First, the kinetic equations which are useful in the analysis of template polymerization are discussed. The theories quoted were verified by the experiments. The chapter contains data on several groups of typical reaction mechanisms. This chapter is followed by the discussion of properties of materials which are obtained in template polymerization. These products are compared with materials made from similar monomers but without the advent of a template. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSeveral ideas are given regarding potential applications of this interesting technology. The book is completed by the in-depth, expert discussion of methods which can be applied to study template polymerization. Similar methods and techniques can be applied to study the effect of materials in multicomponent mixtures from which commercial products are manufactured. This may allow one to understand various properties observed in multicomponent systems. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book concentrates on the subject of the template (matrix) polymerization but it is a relevant source of information for those involved in any aspect of polymer synthesis, processing, and application. Since it is written in a very direct manner by one of the leading experts in this technology, the book can be used in a university classroom, by a researcher, engineer in production, or any other person who wants to understand what happens when materials interact with each other.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1.Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2.General Mechanism of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Template Polycondensation\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Chain Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Template Copolymerization \u003cbr\u003e3.Templates and Orientation of Substrates on Template \u003cbr\u003e4.Examples of Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Polyacids as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Polyimines and Polyamines as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Polybase Ionenes as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Poly(ethylene oxide) and Poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Poly(methyl methacrylate) as Template\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Poly(vinylopyridines) as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Other Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Multimonomers as Templates\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Ring-opening Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.Examples of Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Template Copolycondensation\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Ring Opening Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Radical Template Copolymerization\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Copolymerization with Participation of Multimonomers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Copolymerization of Two Different Multimonomers \u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Copolymerization without Multimonomers\u003cbr\u003e6.Examples of Template Polycondensation \u003cbr\u003e7.Secondary Reactions in Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e8.Kinetics of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Template Ring-opening Polymerization Kinetics \u003cbr\u003e8.3 Template Radical Polymerization Kinetics\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Kinetics of Multimonomer Polymerization 9.Products of Template Polymerization \u003cbr\u003e9.1 Polymers with Ladder-type Structure\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Polymer Complexes\u003cbr\u003e10.Potential Applications \u003cbr\u003e11.Experimental Techniques Used in the Study of Template Polymerization\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Methods of Examination of Polymerization Process\u003cbr\u003e11.2 Methods of Examination of Template Polymerization Products\u003cbr\u003e11.2.1 Polymeric Complexes\u003cbr\u003e11.2.2 Ladder Polymers"}
Description Author H. H. Krause and J. M. L. Penninger ISBN 978-1-895198-06-5 Pages: 134 Figures: 64 Tables: 23 Summary This book shares developments in recycling in Germany and Italy. Most chapters are based on the research work conducted in the Fraunhofer Institute of Chemical Technology in Germany, contracted by the German Government to organize and...
$180.00
in stock
{"id":738268053604,"title":"Conversion of Polymer Wastes \u0026 Energetics","handle":"conversion-of-polymer-wastes-energetics","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAuthor H. H. Krause and J. M. L. Penninger \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eISBN 978-1-895198-06-5\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003ePages: 134\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eFigures: 64\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eTables: 23\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eThis book shares developments in recycling in Germany and Italy. Most chapters are based on the research work conducted in the Fraunhofer Institute of Chemical Technology in Germany, contracted by the German Government to organize and investigate various aspects of recycling. Monograph emphasizes the importance of proper planning of the recycling process and the system design including all levels and links in the material cycle. Software, developed to monitor and optimize the entire process, and recycling logistics is used for car component recycling. Several chapters deal with various methods of waste processing, including pyrolysis, hydrogenation, composting, and conversion to a powder coating. Process descriptions permit comparison of various methods with respect to economy and end-result. The second part of the book addresses problems encountered in the disposal of various types of munitions. Germany has to dispose of enormous amounts of these materials, accumulated in Eastern Germany.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003ePolymer Waste From Nuisance to Resource H. H. Krause and J. M. L. Penninger \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWaste Disposal Logistics - a Prerequisite for Effective Recycling U. Hansen and A. Rinschede \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eFast Identification of Plastic Materials by Near-Infrared Spectroscopy N. Eisenreich, H. Kull, and E. Thinnes \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003ePossible Applications of Pyrolysis Technology in the Treatment of Hazardous Wastes and Recovery of Valuable Materials M. Telle\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eReduction of Pollution Through Hydrogenation of Carbon-containing Wastes H. Hammer and G. Rauser \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eRecycling of Plastics by Hydrogenation in Slurry Phase M. Gutmann, M. König and M. Marks \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003ePowder Coatings from Recycled PET F. Pilati, C. Stramigioli, M. Toselli, S. Torricelli, and M. Dinelli \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eScreening of the Degradability of Plastic Materials in a Composting Medium A. Pfeil \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eInvestigation of Exhaust Gas Products in the Thermal Disposal of Waste Munition Using Nitrocellulose and TNT as Examples V. Gröbel, H. H. Krause, and V. Weiser\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAlkaline Pressure Hydrolysis of Energetic Materials G. Bunte, T. Hirth, H. H. Krause, and N. Eisenreich\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eContinuous Determination of Volatile Organic Breakdown Products of Propellants in Water G. Hambitzer and M. Joos \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe Disposal of Propellant Components Containing Heavy Metals W. Böke and G. Hambitzer\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:20-04:00","created_at":"2018-04-05T20:17:21-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["book","polymer","polymers"],"price":18000,"price_min":18000,"price_max":18000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":8103382450276,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Conversion of Polymer Wastes \u0026 Energetics","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":18000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-895198-06-5","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-06-5.jpg?v=1522974254"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-06-5.jpg?v=1522974254","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":810375282781,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-06-5.jpg?v=1522974254"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-06-5.jpg?v=1522974254","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAuthor H. H. Krause and J. M. L. Penninger \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eISBN 978-1-895198-06-5\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003ePages: 134\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eFigures: 64\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eTables: 23\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eThis book shares developments in recycling in Germany and Italy. Most chapters are based on the research work conducted in the Fraunhofer Institute of Chemical Technology in Germany, contracted by the German Government to organize and investigate various aspects of recycling. Monograph emphasizes the importance of proper planning of the recycling process and the system design including all levels and links in the material cycle. Software, developed to monitor and optimize the entire process, and recycling logistics is used for car component recycling. Several chapters deal with various methods of waste processing, including pyrolysis, hydrogenation, composting, and conversion to a powder coating. Process descriptions permit comparison of various methods with respect to economy and end-result. The second part of the book addresses problems encountered in the disposal of various types of munitions. Germany has to dispose of enormous amounts of these materials, accumulated in Eastern Germany.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003ePolymer Waste From Nuisance to Resource H. H. Krause and J. M. L. Penninger \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWaste Disposal Logistics - a Prerequisite for Effective Recycling U. Hansen and A. Rinschede \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eFast Identification of Plastic Materials by Near-Infrared Spectroscopy N. Eisenreich, H. Kull, and E. Thinnes \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003ePossible Applications of Pyrolysis Technology in the Treatment of Hazardous Wastes and Recovery of Valuable Materials M. Telle\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eReduction of Pollution Through Hydrogenation of Carbon-containing Wastes H. Hammer and G. Rauser \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eRecycling of Plastics by Hydrogenation in Slurry Phase M. Gutmann, M. König and M. Marks \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003ePowder Coatings from Recycled PET F. Pilati, C. Stramigioli, M. Toselli, S. Torricelli, and M. Dinelli \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eScreening of the Degradability of Plastic Materials in a Composting Medium A. Pfeil \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eInvestigation of Exhaust Gas Products in the Thermal Disposal of Waste Munition Using Nitrocellulose and TNT as Examples V. Gröbel, H. H. Krause, and V. Weiser\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAlkaline Pressure Hydrolysis of Energetic Materials G. Bunte, T. Hirth, H. H. Krause, and N. Eisenreich\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eContinuous Determination of Volatile Organic Breakdown Products of Propellants in Water G. Hambitzer and M. Joos \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe Disposal of Propellant Components Containing Heavy Metals W. Böke and G. Hambitzer\u003c\/div\u003e"}
Description Author: George Wypych ISBN 978-1-927885-33-8 (hardcover) Published: Feb 2018Pages 222+ivFigures 119 Summary Surface appearance is one of the most important properties of many products. It must be tailored to the product needs which are frequently very different in various applications.This book is devoted to additives used for surface modification of materials a technology used...
$285.00
in stock
{"id":420398956575,"title":"Handbook of Surface Improvement and Modification","handle":"handbook-of-surface-improvement-and-modification","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-33-8 (hardcover)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: Feb 2018\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePages 222+iv\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFigures 119\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSurface appearance is one of the most important properties of many products. It must be tailored to the product needs which are frequently very different in various applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book is devoted to additives used for surface modification of materials a technology used in the production and processing of adhesives, appliances, automotive, bookbinding, building and construction, business machines, caulks, cellular phones, coatings, concrete, dental applications, electronics, flooring, footwear, furniture, graphic arts, hot-melt adhesives, hygiene, labels, lacquers, leather, lithographic inks, medicine, nanofluids, nonwovens, optical films, packaging, paints, paper, plastics, pressure-sensitive adhesives, printing inks, rubber, sealants, sporting goods, tapes, varnish, wire and cable, wood and many other materials. This book is the first known published book on this subject. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHandbook of Surface Improvement and Modification contains information on ten groups of additives which are commercially available for improvement and surface modification of manufactured materials. These include additives improving scratch and mar resistance, gloss, surface flattening, tack reduction, tack increase (tackifiers), surface tension reduction and wetting, surface cleaning, hydrophobization, anti-cratering and leveling, and coefficient of static friction. They are discussed in the separate chapters in the same order as above. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe highlights for each chapter are, as follows\u003cbr\u003eScratch and mar resistance: many important influences combined form mechanism of protection; scratch features (ironing, transition, stick-slip, tearing) determination; texture patterning and scratch visibility; self-healing; damage observation on nanoscale; violet laser scanning confocal microscope cross-section profile of scratch damage; silsesquioxanes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGloss enhancement: magnetic resonance imaging measurements of human brain reactions; instrumental measurements; meso- and micro-scale roughness; hyperbranched resins; durability of gloss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSurface matting: powder coatings; roughness formation; dull black coatings; curing rate and flattening; low-gloss soft-touch; anti-glare coatings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTack-free: abhesion features; instrumental surface tack measurement; surface tension; nature inspired; completeness of cure; dental applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTackifiers: balance of elastic and viscous properties; structure and origin of rosins; phase structure of tackifying system; compatibility; environmental solutions; pharmaceutical, cosmetics, and medical applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSurface tension and wetting: bottlebrush polymers; rigid-rod polymeric fiber; superhydrophobicity; superhydrophilicity; surface tension prediction; porosity and morphology; wettability surface gradient; surface free energy; bacterial adhesion; photo-induced hydrophilicity; orthopedic implants; high-speed printing; dry-erase inks \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSurface cleaning and stain inhibition: in-source cleaner regeneration; negative impact of perfluorinated acids; bio-inspired cleaning methods; hole generation and pollutant decomposition; photocatalytic self-cleaning; anti-graffiti coating, graffiti removal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWater repelling: biomimetic solutions; superhydrophobic coatings; self-hydrophobization; superamphiphobic surfaces; chemical functionalization, microtextured surface; building structure protection; protection against ice formation\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnti-cratering and leveling: thixotropic behavior; nanoparticles; leveling agents; superplasticizers; powder coatings; sag-leveling balance; pinhole prevention\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCoefficient of friction: tribometers; speed effect; dwell time effect; surface patterns and textured surfaces; elemental mapping; capillary bridge; human skin; dangling bonds; polymer brushes; lamellar tribofilm; microspheres, release agents; film with consistent coefficient of friction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA companion book entitled Databook of Surface Modification Additives has also been published. It contains information and data on the additives commercially available to improve materials by the above-listed modifications. Both books do not repeat information. In this book, the focus is on the methods and mechanisms which are known to be responsible for the enhancement of material properties with the use of additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Introduction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Scratch and Mar Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Methods and mechanisms of protection\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Gloss Enhancement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Gloss perception\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Methods and mechanisms of gloss enhancement\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Durability of gloss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 Surface Matting (Flattening)\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Methods and mechanisms of flattening\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 Tack-free Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Methods and mechanisms of tack reduction\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 Tackifiers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Methods and mechanisms of tack enhancement\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7 Surface Tension and Wetting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Methods and mechanisms of surface tension reduction\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8 Easy Surface Cleaning and Stain Inhibition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Methods and mechanisms of surface cleaning\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9 Water Repelling (Hydrophobization)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Methods and mechanisms of hydrophobization\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e9.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Anti-cratering and Leveling\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Methods and mechanisms of anti-cratering and leveling\u003cbr\u003e10.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e10.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e11 The Coefficient of Friction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Methods and mechanisms of improvement of the coefficient of friction\u003cbr\u003e11.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e11.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 17 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives (1st and 2nd Editions), PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, PVC Formulary, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, Handbook of Biodeterioration, Biodegradation and Biostabilization, and Handbook of Polymers (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability, and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:02-04:00","created_at":"2018-01-29T09:46:32-05:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2018","additive","additives","anti-cratering","book","cleaning","coefficient of friction","gloss","leveling and anti-cratering","matting","polymer","polymers","surface tension","tack-free surface","tackifiers","wetting"],"price":28500,"price_min":28500,"price_max":28500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":5439918506015,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Handbook of Surface Improvement and Modification","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":28500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-927885-33-8","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/9781927885338.jpg?v=1517237525"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/9781927885338.jpg?v=1517237525","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":757872951389,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/9781927885338.jpg?v=1517237525"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/9781927885338.jpg?v=1517237525","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-33-8 (hardcover)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: Feb 2018\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePages 222+iv\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFigures 119\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSurface appearance is one of the most important properties of many products. It must be tailored to the product needs which are frequently very different in various applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book is devoted to additives used for surface modification of materials a technology used in the production and processing of adhesives, appliances, automotive, bookbinding, building and construction, business machines, caulks, cellular phones, coatings, concrete, dental applications, electronics, flooring, footwear, furniture, graphic arts, hot-melt adhesives, hygiene, labels, lacquers, leather, lithographic inks, medicine, nanofluids, nonwovens, optical films, packaging, paints, paper, plastics, pressure-sensitive adhesives, printing inks, rubber, sealants, sporting goods, tapes, varnish, wire and cable, wood and many other materials. This book is the first known published book on this subject. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHandbook of Surface Improvement and Modification contains information on ten groups of additives which are commercially available for improvement and surface modification of manufactured materials. These include additives improving scratch and mar resistance, gloss, surface flattening, tack reduction, tack increase (tackifiers), surface tension reduction and wetting, surface cleaning, hydrophobization, anti-cratering and leveling, and coefficient of static friction. They are discussed in the separate chapters in the same order as above. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe highlights for each chapter are, as follows\u003cbr\u003eScratch and mar resistance: many important influences combined form mechanism of protection; scratch features (ironing, transition, stick-slip, tearing) determination; texture patterning and scratch visibility; self-healing; damage observation on nanoscale; violet laser scanning confocal microscope cross-section profile of scratch damage; silsesquioxanes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGloss enhancement: magnetic resonance imaging measurements of human brain reactions; instrumental measurements; meso- and micro-scale roughness; hyperbranched resins; durability of gloss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSurface matting: powder coatings; roughness formation; dull black coatings; curing rate and flattening; low-gloss soft-touch; anti-glare coatings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTack-free: abhesion features; instrumental surface tack measurement; surface tension; nature inspired; completeness of cure; dental applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTackifiers: balance of elastic and viscous properties; structure and origin of rosins; phase structure of tackifying system; compatibility; environmental solutions; pharmaceutical, cosmetics, and medical applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSurface tension and wetting: bottlebrush polymers; rigid-rod polymeric fiber; superhydrophobicity; superhydrophilicity; surface tension prediction; porosity and morphology; wettability surface gradient; surface free energy; bacterial adhesion; photo-induced hydrophilicity; orthopedic implants; high-speed printing; dry-erase inks \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSurface cleaning and stain inhibition: in-source cleaner regeneration; negative impact of perfluorinated acids; bio-inspired cleaning methods; hole generation and pollutant decomposition; photocatalytic self-cleaning; anti-graffiti coating, graffiti removal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWater repelling: biomimetic solutions; superhydrophobic coatings; self-hydrophobization; superamphiphobic surfaces; chemical functionalization, microtextured surface; building structure protection; protection against ice formation\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnti-cratering and leveling: thixotropic behavior; nanoparticles; leveling agents; superplasticizers; powder coatings; sag-leveling balance; pinhole prevention\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCoefficient of friction: tribometers; speed effect; dwell time effect; surface patterns and textured surfaces; elemental mapping; capillary bridge; human skin; dangling bonds; polymer brushes; lamellar tribofilm; microspheres, release agents; film with consistent coefficient of friction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA companion book entitled Databook of Surface Modification Additives has also been published. It contains information and data on the additives commercially available to improve materials by the above-listed modifications. Both books do not repeat information. In this book, the focus is on the methods and mechanisms which are known to be responsible for the enhancement of material properties with the use of additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Introduction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Scratch and Mar Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Methods and mechanisms of protection\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Gloss Enhancement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Gloss perception\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Methods and mechanisms of gloss enhancement\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Durability of gloss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 Surface Matting (Flattening)\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Methods and mechanisms of flattening\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 Tack-free Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Methods and mechanisms of tack reduction\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 Tackifiers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Methods and mechanisms of tack enhancement\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7 Surface Tension and Wetting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Methods and mechanisms of surface tension reduction\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8 Easy Surface Cleaning and Stain Inhibition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Methods and mechanisms of surface cleaning\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9 Water Repelling (Hydrophobization)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Methods and mechanisms of hydrophobization\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e9.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Anti-cratering and Leveling\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Methods and mechanisms of anti-cratering and leveling\u003cbr\u003e10.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e10.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e11 The Coefficient of Friction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Methods and mechanisms of improvement of the coefficient of friction\u003cbr\u003e11.2 Additives used\u003cbr\u003e11.3 Application data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 17 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives (1st and 2nd Editions), PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, PVC Formulary, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, Handbook of Biodeterioration, Biodegradation and Biostabilization, and Handbook of Polymers (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability, and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education."}
Description Author: Anna WypychISBN 978-1-927885-27-7 Published: Feb 2018Pages 734 + 14 Summary Databook of Adhesion Promoters contains data on the most important products in the use today. Three hundred sixty leading products have been included in this book. The additives belong to 31 chemical groups listed in the table of contents below. The information on each...
$285.00
in stock
{"id":384224296991,"title":"Databook of Adhesion Promoters","handle":"databook-of-adhesion-promoters","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Anna Wypych\u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-27-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: Feb 2018\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages 734 + 14\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDatabook of Adhesion Promoters contains data on the most important products in the use today. Three hundred sixty leading products have been included in this book. The additives belong to 31 chemical groups listed in the table of contents below. The information on each adhesion promoter included in the Databook of Adhesion Promoters is divided into five sections: General information, Physical properties, Health and safety, Ecological properties, and Use \u0026amp; Performance. The data belong to about 150 data fields, which accommodate a variety of information available in the source publications. The description of each section below gives more detail on the composition of information (only major groups of properties are listed for clarity). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn General information section, the following data are displayed: name, CAS #, EC #, Acronym, Active matter, Chemical category, Common name, Common synonym, Components, Complexed organics, Empirical formula, Functional organic group, General description, Molecular mass, Mixture, Metal content, Number of metals, Organoreactive group, RTECS number, Solids content.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePhysical-chemical properties section contains data on State, Odor, Color, Boiling point, Melting point, Density, Diluents, Neutralizing agent, pH, Refractive index, Sulfur content, Surface tension, Solubility in water, Specific gravity, Specific heat, Specific surface area, Thermal decomposition product, Vapor density, Vapor pressure, Viscosity, and Volatility.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHealth and safety section contains data on Flash point, Flash point method, Autoignition temperature, NFPA Health, NFPA Flammability, NFPA Reactivity, HMIS Health, HMIS Fire, HMIS Reactivity, HMIS Personal protection, UN number, UN Risk Phrases, R, UN Safety Phrases, S, DOT Hazard Class, UN\/NA hazard class, UN packaging group, ICAO\/IATA Class, IMDG Class, Proper shipping name, Rat oral LD50, Mouse oral LD50, Rabbit dermal LD50, Inhalation rat LC50, Route of entry, Skin irritation, Eye irritation, Ingestion, Inhalation, First aid: eyes, skin, and inhalation, Carcinogenicity by ACGIH, IARC, NTP, and OSHA, Mutagenicity, and TLV - TWA 8h (ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEcological properties section contains data on Atmospheric lifetime, Biodegradation probability, Aquatic toxicity LC50 (Green algae, Rainbow trout, Bluegill sunfish, Fathead minnow, Zebrafish, and Daphnia magna), Bioaccumulative potential, Bioconcentration factor, Biodegradation probability, BOD\/COD ratio, Biological oxygen demand, Chemical oxygen demand, Theoretical oxygen demand, Partition coefficient (log Kow and log Pow) and Stability in water. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse \u0026amp; performance section contains information on Manufacturer, Outstanding properties, Recommended for polymers, Recommended for products, Recommended applications, Processing methods, Concentration used, Guidelines for use, Food approval, Alternative products, and Conditions to avoid.\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the information on commercial products used as adhesion promoters, there is also available Handbook of Adhesion Promoters which contains theoretical and practical knowledge required to effectively formulate products used in various applications. Both books contain the most recent information available in literature, patents, and published by manufacturers and users of these products. \u003cbr\u003eThe book is recommended for readers interested in all aspects of polymers and plastics, with special attention to the development, studies, legislation, and production of coatings, paints, adhesives, sealants, coated fabrics, laminates, conveyor belts, films, inks, tapes, gaskets, electronics, pharmaceuticals, corrosion protection, and many other products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2. Information on the data fields\u003cbr\u003e3. Adhesion promoters \u003cbr\u003ea. Acrylates\u003cbr\u003eb. Amines, amides, and amidoamines\u003cbr\u003ec. Aryl diazonium salts\u003cbr\u003ed. Benzene derivatives\u003cbr\u003ee. Carbamid resin\u003cbr\u003ef. Chlorinated polyolefins\u003cbr\u003eg. Crosslinkers\u003cbr\u003eh. Epoxides\u003cbr\u003ei. Inorganic compounds\u003cbr\u003ej. Ionomers\u003cbr\u003ek. Isocyanates\u003cbr\u003el. Isocyanurates\u003cbr\u003em. Lignin\u003cbr\u003en. Maleic anhydride modified polymers\u003cbr\u003eo. Melamine\u003cbr\u003ep. Monomers\u003cbr\u003eq. Oligomers\u003cbr\u003er. Phenol novolac resins\u003cbr\u003es. Phosphoric acid esters\u003cbr\u003et. Polymers and copolymers\u003cbr\u003eu. Polyols \u003cbr\u003ev. Resorcinol\u003cbr\u003ew. Rosin\u003cbr\u003ex. Silanes\u003cbr\u003ey. Silane+silica\u003cbr\u003ez. Silane+silicate\u003cbr\u003eaa. Silane+titanate\u003cbr\u003ebb. Sucrose derivatives\u003cbr\u003ecc. Sulfur compounds\u003cbr\u003edd. Titanates\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAnna Wypych, born in 1937, studied chemical engineering and polymer chemistry and obtained M. Sc. in chemical engineering in 1960. The professional expertise includes both teaching and research \u0026amp; development. Anna Wypych has published 1 book (MSDS Manual), several databases, 6 scientific papers, and obtained 3 patents. She specializes in polymer additives for PVC and other polymers and evaluates their effect on health and environment.\u003c\/span\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:02-04:00","created_at":"2017-12-21T15:59:35-05:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2018","additive","additives","adhesion","adhesion promoters","book","filler","fillers","plastics","polymer","polymers"],"price":28500,"price_min":28500,"price_max":28500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":5105872535583,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Databook of Adhesion Promoters","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":28500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-927885-27-7","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-27-7.jpg?v=1513890709"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-27-7.jpg?v=1513890709","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":730935853149,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-27-7.jpg?v=1513890709"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-27-7.jpg?v=1513890709","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Anna Wypych\u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-27-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: Feb 2018\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages 734 + 14\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDatabook of Adhesion Promoters contains data on the most important products in the use today. Three hundred sixty leading products have been included in this book. The additives belong to 31 chemical groups listed in the table of contents below. The information on each adhesion promoter included in the Databook of Adhesion Promoters is divided into five sections: General information, Physical properties, Health and safety, Ecological properties, and Use \u0026amp; Performance. The data belong to about 150 data fields, which accommodate a variety of information available in the source publications. The description of each section below gives more detail on the composition of information (only major groups of properties are listed for clarity). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn General information section, the following data are displayed: name, CAS #, EC #, Acronym, Active matter, Chemical category, Common name, Common synonym, Components, Complexed organics, Empirical formula, Functional organic group, General description, Molecular mass, Mixture, Metal content, Number of metals, Organoreactive group, RTECS number, Solids content.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePhysical-chemical properties section contains data on State, Odor, Color, Boiling point, Melting point, Density, Diluents, Neutralizing agent, pH, Refractive index, Sulfur content, Surface tension, Solubility in water, Specific gravity, Specific heat, Specific surface area, Thermal decomposition product, Vapor density, Vapor pressure, Viscosity, and Volatility.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHealth and safety section contains data on Flash point, Flash point method, Autoignition temperature, NFPA Health, NFPA Flammability, NFPA Reactivity, HMIS Health, HMIS Fire, HMIS Reactivity, HMIS Personal protection, UN number, UN Risk Phrases, R, UN Safety Phrases, S, DOT Hazard Class, UN\/NA hazard class, UN packaging group, ICAO\/IATA Class, IMDG Class, Proper shipping name, Rat oral LD50, Mouse oral LD50, Rabbit dermal LD50, Inhalation rat LC50, Route of entry, Skin irritation, Eye irritation, Ingestion, Inhalation, First aid: eyes, skin, and inhalation, Carcinogenicity by ACGIH, IARC, NTP, and OSHA, Mutagenicity, and TLV - TWA 8h (ACGIH, NIOSH, OSHA)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEcological properties section contains data on Atmospheric lifetime, Biodegradation probability, Aquatic toxicity LC50 (Green algae, Rainbow trout, Bluegill sunfish, Fathead minnow, Zebrafish, and Daphnia magna), Bioaccumulative potential, Bioconcentration factor, Biodegradation probability, BOD\/COD ratio, Biological oxygen demand, Chemical oxygen demand, Theoretical oxygen demand, Partition coefficient (log Kow and log Pow) and Stability in water. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse \u0026amp; performance section contains information on Manufacturer, Outstanding properties, Recommended for polymers, Recommended for products, Recommended applications, Processing methods, Concentration used, Guidelines for use, Food approval, Alternative products, and Conditions to avoid.\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the information on commercial products used as adhesion promoters, there is also available Handbook of Adhesion Promoters which contains theoretical and practical knowledge required to effectively formulate products used in various applications. Both books contain the most recent information available in literature, patents, and published by manufacturers and users of these products. \u003cbr\u003eThe book is recommended for readers interested in all aspects of polymers and plastics, with special attention to the development, studies, legislation, and production of coatings, paints, adhesives, sealants, coated fabrics, laminates, conveyor belts, films, inks, tapes, gaskets, electronics, pharmaceuticals, corrosion protection, and many other products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2. Information on the data fields\u003cbr\u003e3. Adhesion promoters \u003cbr\u003ea. Acrylates\u003cbr\u003eb. Amines, amides, and amidoamines\u003cbr\u003ec. Aryl diazonium salts\u003cbr\u003ed. Benzene derivatives\u003cbr\u003ee. Carbamid resin\u003cbr\u003ef. Chlorinated polyolefins\u003cbr\u003eg. Crosslinkers\u003cbr\u003eh. Epoxides\u003cbr\u003ei. Inorganic compounds\u003cbr\u003ej. Ionomers\u003cbr\u003ek. Isocyanates\u003cbr\u003el. Isocyanurates\u003cbr\u003em. Lignin\u003cbr\u003en. Maleic anhydride modified polymers\u003cbr\u003eo. Melamine\u003cbr\u003ep. Monomers\u003cbr\u003eq. Oligomers\u003cbr\u003er. Phenol novolac resins\u003cbr\u003es. Phosphoric acid esters\u003cbr\u003et. Polymers and copolymers\u003cbr\u003eu. Polyols \u003cbr\u003ev. Resorcinol\u003cbr\u003ew. Rosin\u003cbr\u003ex. Silanes\u003cbr\u003ey. Silane+silica\u003cbr\u003ez. Silane+silicate\u003cbr\u003eaa. Silane+titanate\u003cbr\u003ebb. Sucrose derivatives\u003cbr\u003ecc. Sulfur compounds\u003cbr\u003edd. Titanates\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAnna Wypych, born in 1937, studied chemical engineering and polymer chemistry and obtained M. Sc. in chemical engineering in 1960. The professional expertise includes both teaching and research \u0026amp; development. Anna Wypych has published 1 book (MSDS Manual), several databases, 6 scientific papers, and obtained 3 patents. She specializes in polymer additives for PVC and other polymers and evaluates their effect on health and environment.\u003c\/span\u003e"}
Description Author: George WypychISBN 978-1-927885-31-4 Published: 2018Pages: 972+xFigures: 807Tables: 66 Summary The 6th edition of Handbook of Material Weathering contains a systematic update of knowledge generated in more than last 25 years since the 1st edition was published. For example, in the last 5 years, more than 8,000 new papers (30 new papers per week) have...
$350.00
in stock
{"id":384220299295,"title":"Handbook of Material Weathering 6th Edition","handle":"handbook-of-material-weathering","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych\u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-31-4\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2018\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages: 972+x\u003cbr\u003eFigures: 807\u003cbr\u003eTables: 66\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe 6th edition of Handbook of Material Weathering contains a systematic update of knowledge generated in more than last 25 years since the 1\u003csup\u003est\u003c\/sup\u003e edition was published. For example, in the last 5 years, more than 8,000 new papers (30 new papers per week) have been published on the material weathering, some of them having high importance for the weathering studies.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information required for the professional use has been growing so rapidly that additional books had to be written to accommodate essential knowledge for implementation in technological processes used to manufacture products, which deteriorate on exposure to weathering stress factors (see more information on these titles in Preface).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis edition contains 22 chapters, which can be divided into the following groups:\u003cbr\u003e• Theory (photophysics and photochemistry)\u003cbr\u003e• Stress factors (parameters of exposure, measurements in assessment of weathering conditions, and climatic conditions)\u003cbr\u003e• Methods of weathering (laboratory degradation studies, weathering cycles, sample preparation, weathering data interpretation, lifetime prediction, and artificial weathering versus natural exposure)\u003cbr\u003e• Methods of testing of weathered samples (effect of weathering on material properties and testing methods of weathered specimens)\u003cbr\u003e• Weathering of polymers (data on 52 most important polymers, including mechanisms of degradation, effect of thermal history, characteristic changes in properties with graphical illustrations, and tables with numerical data)\u003cbr\u003e• Weathering of products (data on 42 groups of industrial products, including their required durability, lifetime expectation, relevant degradation mechanisms, and characteristic changes with graphical illustrations)\u003cbr\u003e• Effect of additives on weathering (12 groups of additives are discussed)\u003cbr\u003e• The most popular UV stabilizers, biocides, and preservatives used in protection of polymers, plastics and rubbers and the general principles of degradation, biodeterioration, and stabilization\u003cbr\u003e• Effect of environmental stress cracking (parameters controlling ESC, mechanisms, methods of testing, and effect on materials)\u003cbr\u003e• Specific topics (suitability of weathered materials for recycling, interrelation between corrosion and weathering, and methods of study and prevention of deterioration of historical monuments made out of stone)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe above information is based on the thorough review of published papers, patents, and other relevant sources updated by the most recent data and information. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe set of monographic sources (see more information in Preface below) was prepared for research chemists in the photochemistry field, chemists and material scientists designing new materials, users of manufactured products, those who control the quality of manufactured products, and students who want to apply their knowledge to real materials. The books are used by regulating agencies and patent and litigating attorneys. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHandbook of Material Weathering is now used in more than 100 countries. It should be pointed out that many readers still use the earlier editions (as seen from the numerous citations) which lack the current information or even, more detrimental, contain outdated information which has been superseded by the more recent findings. In this fast-growing field, the access to the most recent information cannot be overemphasized. For this very reason, a new edition of this book is prepared every five years.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003ePreface\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe first edition of this book was published by ChemTec Publishing in 1990. The book had 18 chapters and 518 pages filled with the most up-to-date information on the subject of material weathering available in 1990.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eConsidering the size of the book and typesetting, the present edition is at least 3 times larger, in spite of the fact that two chapters were omitted from the fourth edition: Chapter 17. Stabilization and Stabilizers and Chapter 18. Biodegradation. Even without these, two chapters the 5th edition was larger than the previous 4th edition. The reason is quite obvious - the field is systematically growing with new data, methods, and discoveries happening every day. The 6th edition is updated by all new data and publications to produce a monograph containing all recent advances.\u003cbr\u003eIn response to requests by some users and changes in the available volume of the book by the printer (1200 pages can now be printed in one volume). The above mentioned two chapters are included in the 6th edition in their original form as they were published in the 4th edition. Information in these two chapters in most parts reflects the general understanding in these two areas of research and gives some general information on the subject. At the same time, it has to be pointed out that this field (especially biocides) changes very rapidly, therefore, several books are now available containing the up-to-date information in the following monographic sources:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHandbook of Material Biodegradation, Biodeterioration, and Biostabilization, 2nd Ed. by Falkiewicz-Dulik, M, Janda, K, and Wypych, G., ChemTec Publishing, 2015, ISBN 978-1-895198-87-4\u003cbr\u003eThe book contains 11 chapters each devoted to essential aspects related to biodegradation and biostabilization of materials and products. The comprehensive source of fundamental information and data is based on thousands of papers, patents, and information from biocide manufacturers.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDatabook of Biocides, Wypych, A; Wypych, G, ChemTec Publishing, 2015, ISBN 978-1-895198-89-8\u003cbr\u003eDatabook of Biocides contains data on the selection of the most important biocides in use today. The selection includes biocides, which are approved for use in the European Union and the USA by the current regulations. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDatabook of Preservatives, Wypych, A; Wypych, G, ChemTec Publishing, 2015, ISBN 978-1-895198-90-4\u003cbr\u003eDatabook of Preservatives contains data on preservatives used for products during storage and use. The following groups are included in the book: film preservatives, wood preservatives, fiber, leather, rubber and polymerized materials preservatives, construction material preservatives, preservatives for liquid cooling and processing systems, slimicides, and working or cutting fluid preservatives.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHandbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization 2nd Ed., by Wypych, G, ChemTec Publishing, 2015, ISBN 978-1-895198-86-7\u003cbr\u003eThe first monograph fully devoted to UV degradation and stabilization, ever published in the English language, has 12 chapters, each discussing different aspect of UV-related phenomena occurring when polymeric materials are exposed to UV radiation. Over 50 polymers and rubbers and 38 groups of final products, which use the majority of UV stabilizers, are discussed including methods of stabilization.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAtlas of Material Damage, 2nd Ed., Wypych, G, ChemTec Publishing, 2017, ISBN 978-1-927885-25-3\u003cbr\u003eThis book was written to emphasize the importance of the material structure in photodegradation and photostabilization and also to account for the morphological changes which occur when materials degrade. This book makes the narrative of material degradation more comprehensive, showing new ways to deal with unstable materials.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDatabook of UV Stabilizers, Wypych, A; Wypych, G, ChemTec Publishing, 2015, ISBN 978-1-895198-88-1\u003cbr\u003eThe databook contains information on the most frequently used UV stabilizers. The information on each stabilizer included in the Databook of UV Stabilizers is divided into five sections: General information, Physical properties, Health and safety, Ecological properties, and Use \u0026amp; Performance.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eI hope that the information provided in the present edition of Handbook of Materials Weathering and these six books will help readers to advance their studies on particular subjects of their research and that the results of these studies will be implemented in the future editions of these books, since we try to report all most current developments to foster future discoveries. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeorge Wypych\u003cbr\u003eToronto, 2017\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 17 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives (1st and 2nd Editions), PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, PVC Formulary, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, Handbook of Biodeterioration, Biodegradation and Biostabilization, and Handbook of Polymers (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability, and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:02-04:00","created_at":"2017-12-21T15:48:09-05:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2018","additive","additives","adhesion","book","filler","fillers","methods of weathering","polymer","polymers","weathering"],"price":35000,"price_min":35000,"price_max":35000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":5105855004703,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Handbook of Material Weathering 6th Edition","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":35000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-927885-31-4","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-31-4.jpg?v=1513889938"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-31-4.jpg?v=1513889938","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":730932936797,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-31-4.jpg?v=1513889938"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-31-4.jpg?v=1513889938","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych\u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-31-4\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2018\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages: 972+x\u003cbr\u003eFigures: 807\u003cbr\u003eTables: 66\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe 6th edition of Handbook of Material Weathering contains a systematic update of knowledge generated in more than last 25 years since the 1\u003csup\u003est\u003c\/sup\u003e edition was published. For example, in the last 5 years, more than 8,000 new papers (30 new papers per week) have been published on the material weathering, some of them having high importance for the weathering studies.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information required for the professional use has been growing so rapidly that additional books had to be written to accommodate essential knowledge for implementation in technological processes used to manufacture products, which deteriorate on exposure to weathering stress factors (see more information on these titles in Preface).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis edition contains 22 chapters, which can be divided into the following groups:\u003cbr\u003e• Theory (photophysics and photochemistry)\u003cbr\u003e• Stress factors (parameters of exposure, measurements in assessment of weathering conditions, and climatic conditions)\u003cbr\u003e• Methods of weathering (laboratory degradation studies, weathering cycles, sample preparation, weathering data interpretation, lifetime prediction, and artificial weathering versus natural exposure)\u003cbr\u003e• Methods of testing of weathered samples (effect of weathering on material properties and testing methods of weathered specimens)\u003cbr\u003e• Weathering of polymers (data on 52 most important polymers, including mechanisms of degradation, effect of thermal history, characteristic changes in properties with graphical illustrations, and tables with numerical data)\u003cbr\u003e• Weathering of products (data on 42 groups of industrial products, including their required durability, lifetime expectation, relevant degradation mechanisms, and characteristic changes with graphical illustrations)\u003cbr\u003e• Effect of additives on weathering (12 groups of additives are discussed)\u003cbr\u003e• The most popular UV stabilizers, biocides, and preservatives used in protection of polymers, plastics and rubbers and the general principles of degradation, biodeterioration, and stabilization\u003cbr\u003e• Effect of environmental stress cracking (parameters controlling ESC, mechanisms, methods of testing, and effect on materials)\u003cbr\u003e• Specific topics (suitability of weathered materials for recycling, interrelation between corrosion and weathering, and methods of study and prevention of deterioration of historical monuments made out of stone)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe above information is based on the thorough review of published papers, patents, and other relevant sources updated by the most recent data and information. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe set of monographic sources (see more information in Preface below) was prepared for research chemists in the photochemistry field, chemists and material scientists designing new materials, users of manufactured products, those who control the quality of manufactured products, and students who want to apply their knowledge to real materials. The books are used by regulating agencies and patent and litigating attorneys. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHandbook of Material Weathering is now used in more than 100 countries. It should be pointed out that many readers still use the earlier editions (as seen from the numerous citations) which lack the current information or even, more detrimental, contain outdated information which has been superseded by the more recent findings. In this fast-growing field, the access to the most recent information cannot be overemphasized. For this very reason, a new edition of this book is prepared every five years.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003ePreface\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe first edition of this book was published by ChemTec Publishing in 1990. The book had 18 chapters and 518 pages filled with the most up-to-date information on the subject of material weathering available in 1990.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eConsidering the size of the book and typesetting, the present edition is at least 3 times larger, in spite of the fact that two chapters were omitted from the fourth edition: Chapter 17. Stabilization and Stabilizers and Chapter 18. Biodegradation. Even without these, two chapters the 5th edition was larger than the previous 4th edition. The reason is quite obvious - the field is systematically growing with new data, methods, and discoveries happening every day. The 6th edition is updated by all new data and publications to produce a monograph containing all recent advances.\u003cbr\u003eIn response to requests by some users and changes in the available volume of the book by the printer (1200 pages can now be printed in one volume). The above mentioned two chapters are included in the 6th edition in their original form as they were published in the 4th edition. Information in these two chapters in most parts reflects the general understanding in these two areas of research and gives some general information on the subject. At the same time, it has to be pointed out that this field (especially biocides) changes very rapidly, therefore, several books are now available containing the up-to-date information in the following monographic sources:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHandbook of Material Biodegradation, Biodeterioration, and Biostabilization, 2nd Ed. by Falkiewicz-Dulik, M, Janda, K, and Wypych, G., ChemTec Publishing, 2015, ISBN 978-1-895198-87-4\u003cbr\u003eThe book contains 11 chapters each devoted to essential aspects related to biodegradation and biostabilization of materials and products. The comprehensive source of fundamental information and data is based on thousands of papers, patents, and information from biocide manufacturers.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDatabook of Biocides, Wypych, A; Wypych, G, ChemTec Publishing, 2015, ISBN 978-1-895198-89-8\u003cbr\u003eDatabook of Biocides contains data on the selection of the most important biocides in use today. The selection includes biocides, which are approved for use in the European Union and the USA by the current regulations. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDatabook of Preservatives, Wypych, A; Wypych, G, ChemTec Publishing, 2015, ISBN 978-1-895198-90-4\u003cbr\u003eDatabook of Preservatives contains data on preservatives used for products during storage and use. The following groups are included in the book: film preservatives, wood preservatives, fiber, leather, rubber and polymerized materials preservatives, construction material preservatives, preservatives for liquid cooling and processing systems, slimicides, and working or cutting fluid preservatives.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHandbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization 2nd Ed., by Wypych, G, ChemTec Publishing, 2015, ISBN 978-1-895198-86-7\u003cbr\u003eThe first monograph fully devoted to UV degradation and stabilization, ever published in the English language, has 12 chapters, each discussing different aspect of UV-related phenomena occurring when polymeric materials are exposed to UV radiation. Over 50 polymers and rubbers and 38 groups of final products, which use the majority of UV stabilizers, are discussed including methods of stabilization.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAtlas of Material Damage, 2nd Ed., Wypych, G, ChemTec Publishing, 2017, ISBN 978-1-927885-25-3\u003cbr\u003eThis book was written to emphasize the importance of the material structure in photodegradation and photostabilization and also to account for the morphological changes which occur when materials degrade. This book makes the narrative of material degradation more comprehensive, showing new ways to deal with unstable materials.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDatabook of UV Stabilizers, Wypych, A; Wypych, G, ChemTec Publishing, 2015, ISBN 978-1-895198-88-1\u003cbr\u003eThe databook contains information on the most frequently used UV stabilizers. The information on each stabilizer included in the Databook of UV Stabilizers is divided into five sections: General information, Physical properties, Health and safety, Ecological properties, and Use \u0026amp; Performance.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eI hope that the information provided in the present edition of Handbook of Materials Weathering and these six books will help readers to advance their studies on particular subjects of their research and that the results of these studies will be implemented in the future editions of these books, since we try to report all most current developments to foster future discoveries. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeorge Wypych\u003cbr\u003eToronto, 2017\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 17 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives (1st and 2nd Editions), PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, PVC Formulary, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, Handbook of Biodeterioration, Biodegradation and Biostabilization, and Handbook of Polymers (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability, and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education."}
Description Author: George WypychISBN 978-1-927885-29-1 Published: 2018Pages 236+vi Summary Adhesion promoters form a very important group of additives without which many industrial products cannot perform according to requirements. The knowledge on this subject mostly related to silanes, which form the most widely used group of these additives, is still based on the book which was published...
$285.00
in stock
{"id":384216367135,"title":"Handbook of Adhesion Promoters","handle":"handbook-of-adhesion-promoters","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych\u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-29-1\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2018\u003cbr\u003ePages 236+vi\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdhesion promoters form a very important group of additives without which many industrial products cannot perform according to requirements. The knowledge on this subject mostly related to silanes, which form the most widely used group of these additives, is still based on the book which was published in the beginning of 1980s. Since then many new additives were introduced into the market. Most of these new additives are not based on silanes but on one of over 30 chemical groups of chemical compounds needed for a variety of products in which silanes do not function, are too expensive, or better performance can be achieved with these new additives.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis book fills the existing gap in the literature which still lacks the most recent comprehensive review of current options and knowledge. Handbook of Adhesion Promoters contains 10 chapters each discussing essential aspect of the application of adhesion promoters. The known mechanisms which belong to one of 13 groups outline principles of use, action, and application of these additives. This chapter is followed by the discussion of mechanisms which cause adhesion loss, such as corrosion, delamination, detachment, liquid penetration, and peeling.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSurface condition and its treatment are discussed regarding surface treatment by different methods (cleaning, mechanical, plasma, microwave, flame, corona discharge, laser, UV, and chemical modification) which are used in practical applications. All these are illustrated with practical examples.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChapter 5 gives formulations of typical primers used in the application of adhesives and sealants, coatings, coil coatings, cosmetics, dental, leather, metal, optical devices, paper, polymers and plastics, printing, and wood. This chapter contains over 50 primer formulations.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA full chapter is devoted to the subject of polymer modification which can improve adhesion – a method frequently used instead of addition of adhesion promoters. The properties of (over 30 groups of adhesion promoters and their potential applications are discussed in the chapter devoted to this subject based on published articles, manufacturers information. and analysis of patents.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe last three chapters contain information on available evaluation and selection of adhesion promoters which work with different polymers (29), products (28), and help to prevent corrosion. A full list of covered polymers and products is given in the table of contents below.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIn addition to the theoretical and practical knowledge required to effectively formulate products used in various applications discussed in this book, there is also available \u003cstrong\u003eDatabook of Adhesion Promoters\u003c\/strong\u003e which contains data on a large number of the most extensively used commercial additives. Both books contain the most recent information available in literature, patents, and published by manufacturers and users of these products. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe book is recommended for readers interested in all aspects of polymers and plastics, with special attention to the development, studies, legislation, and production of coatings, paints, adhesives, sealants, coated fabrics, laminates, conveyor belts, films, inks, tapes, gaskets, electronics, pharmaceuticals, corrosion protection, and many other products.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Introduction\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e1.1 Definitions \u003cbr\u003e1.2 History \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Mechanisms of Adhesion\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Mechanical interlocking \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Surface condition and shape \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Diffusion and entanglement \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Adsorption\/interaction \u003cbr\u003e2.5 Acid-base and electrostatic interactions\u003cbr\u003e2.5.1 Acid-base interactions \u003cbr\u003e2.5.2 Electrostatic interactions \u003cbr\u003e2.6 Surface free energy and wetting \u003cbr\u003e2.7 Crystalline properties \u003cbr\u003e2.8 Interphase formation \u003cbr\u003e2.9 Chemical bonding \u003cbr\u003e2.10 Hydrogen bonding \u003cbr\u003e2.11 Reversible hydrolysis \u003cbr\u003e2.12 Microbiological and biological adhesion \u003cbr\u003e2.13 Cellular adhesion \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Mechanisms of Adhesion Loss\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Corrosion \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Delamination \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Detachment \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Debonding \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Liquid penetration \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Peeling \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 Substrates - Surface Condition and Treatment\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Surface evaluation \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Surface treatment \u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Cleaning \u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Mechanical \u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Plasma \u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Microwave plasma \u003cbr\u003e4.2.5 Flame \u003cbr\u003e4.2.6 Corona discharge \u003cbr\u003e4.2.7 Laser \u003cbr\u003e4.2.8 UV \u003cbr\u003e4.2.9 Chemical modification \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 Typical Primer Formulations and Applications to Different Substrates\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e5.1 Adhesives and sealants \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Coatings \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Coil coating \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Cosmetics \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Dental \u003cbr\u003e5.6 Leather \u003cbr\u003e5.7 Metal \u003cbr\u003e5.8 Optical devices \u003cbr\u003e5.9 Paper \u003cbr\u003e5.10 Polymers and plastics \u003cbr\u003e5.11 Printing \u003cbr\u003e5.12 Wood \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 Polymer Modification to Improve Adhesion\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e6.1 Selection of co-monomers \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Selection of polyols and isocyanates \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Modification of polymers by maleic anhydride \u003cbr\u003e6.4 Modification by epoxy group \u003cbr\u003e6.5 Silane grafting \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7 Properties of Adhesion Promoters\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e7.1 Acrylates \u003cbr\u003e7.2 Amines, amides, aminoamides \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Aryl diazonium salts \u003cbr\u003e7.4 Benzene derivatives \u003cbr\u003e7.5 Carbamic resin \u003cbr\u003e7.6 Chlorinated polyolefins \u003cbr\u003e7.7 Crosslinkers \u003cbr\u003e7.8 Epoxides \u003cbr\u003e7.9 Esters \u003cbr\u003e7.10 Inorganic compounds \u003cbr\u003e7.11 Ionomers \u003cbr\u003e7.12 Isocyanates \u003cbr\u003e7.13 Isocyanurates \u003cbr\u003e7.14 Lignin \u003cbr\u003e7.15 Maleic anhydride modified polymers \u003cbr\u003e7.16 Melamine \u003cbr\u003e7.17 Monomers \u003cbr\u003e7.18 Oligomers \u003cbr\u003e7.19 Phenol novolac resins \u003cbr\u003e7.20 Phosphoric acid esters \u003cbr\u003e7.21 Polymers and copolymers \u003cbr\u003e7.22 Polyols \u003cbr\u003e7.23 Resorcinol \u003cbr\u003e7.24 Rosin \u003cbr\u003e7.25 Silanes \u003cbr\u003e7.26 Silane+silica \u003cbr\u003e7.27 Silane+silicate \u003cbr\u003e7.28 Silane+titanate \u003cbr\u003e7.29 Sucrose derivatives \u003cbr\u003e7.30 Sulfur compounds \u003cbr\u003e7.31 Titanates \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8 Selection of Adhesion Promoters for Different Substrates\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e8.1 ABS \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Alkyd resins \u003cbr\u003e8.3 Cellulose and its derivatives \u003cbr\u003e8.4 Epoxy resin \u003cbr\u003e8.5 Glass \u003cbr\u003e8.6 Metal \u003cbr\u003e8.7 Poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) \u003cbr\u003e8.8 Polyamide \u003cbr\u003e8.9 Polyaniline \u003cbr\u003e8.10 Polycarbonate \u003cbr\u003e8.11 Polydimethylsiloxane \u003cbr\u003e8.12 Polyester \u003cbr\u003e8.13 Polyetheretherketone \u003cbr\u003e8.14 Polyethylene \u003cbr\u003e8.15 Polyimide \u003cbr\u003e8.16 Poly(lactic acid) \u003cbr\u003e8.17 Polypropylene \u003cbr\u003e8.18 Polystyrene \u003cbr\u003e8.19 Polysulfide \u003cbr\u003e8.20 Polysulfone \u003cbr\u003e8.21 Polytetrafluoroethylene \u003cbr\u003e8.22 Polyurethane \u003cbr\u003e8.23 Polyvinylalcohol \u003cbr\u003e8.24 Polyvinylbutyral \u003cbr\u003e8.25 Polyvinylchloride \u003cbr\u003e8.26 Poly(p-xylylene) \u003cbr\u003e8.27 Porcelain \u003cbr\u003e8.28 Rubber \u003cbr\u003e8.29 TPO \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9 Selection of Adhesion Promoters for Different Products\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e9.1 Adhesives \u003cbr\u003e9.2 Aerospace \u003cbr\u003e9.3 Agriculture \u003cbr\u003e9.4 Automotive \u003cbr\u003e9.5 Bitumen \u003cbr\u003e9.6 Ceramic tiles \u003cbr\u003e9.7 Coated fabrics \u003cbr\u003e9.8 Coatings and paints \u003cbr\u003e9.9 Coil coatings \u003cbr\u003e9.10 Composites \u003cbr\u003e9.11 Construction \u003cbr\u003e9.12 Cosmetics \u003cbr\u003e9.13 Dental \u003cbr\u003e9.14 Electrodes \u003cbr\u003e9.15 Electronics \u003cbr\u003e9.16 Flooring \u003cbr\u003e9.17 Food applications \u003cbr\u003e9.18 Inks \u003cbr\u003e9.19 Laminates \u003cbr\u003e9.20 Medical \u003cbr\u003e9.21 Membranes \u003cbr\u003e9.22 Metal coating \u003cbr\u003e9.23 Pharmaceutical \u003cbr\u003e9.24 Roofing \u003cbr\u003e9.25 Sealants \u003cbr\u003e9.26 Tires \u003cbr\u003e9.27 Waterproofing \u003cbr\u003e9.28 Wire \u0026amp; cable \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Adhesion and Corrosion Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003eIndex \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 17 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives (1st and 2nd Editions), PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, PVC Formulary, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, Handbook of Biodeterioration, Biodegradation and Biostabilization, and Handbook of Polymers (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability, and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:02-04:00","created_at":"2017-12-21T15:32:54-05:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2018","additive","additives","adhesion","book","filler","fillers","polymer","polymers","properties","surface"],"price":28500,"price_min":28500,"price_max":28500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":5105834655775,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Handbook of Adhesion Promoters","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":28500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-927885-29-1","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-29-1.jpg?v=1513890939"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-29-1.jpg?v=1513890939","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":730936377437,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-29-1.jpg?v=1513890939"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-29-1.jpg?v=1513890939","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych\u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-29-1\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2018\u003cbr\u003ePages 236+vi\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdhesion promoters form a very important group of additives without which many industrial products cannot perform according to requirements. The knowledge on this subject mostly related to silanes, which form the most widely used group of these additives, is still based on the book which was published in the beginning of 1980s. Since then many new additives were introduced into the market. Most of these new additives are not based on silanes but on one of over 30 chemical groups of chemical compounds needed for a variety of products in which silanes do not function, are too expensive, or better performance can be achieved with these new additives.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis book fills the existing gap in the literature which still lacks the most recent comprehensive review of current options and knowledge. Handbook of Adhesion Promoters contains 10 chapters each discussing essential aspect of the application of adhesion promoters. The known mechanisms which belong to one of 13 groups outline principles of use, action, and application of these additives. This chapter is followed by the discussion of mechanisms which cause adhesion loss, such as corrosion, delamination, detachment, liquid penetration, and peeling.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSurface condition and its treatment are discussed regarding surface treatment by different methods (cleaning, mechanical, plasma, microwave, flame, corona discharge, laser, UV, and chemical modification) which are used in practical applications. All these are illustrated with practical examples.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChapter 5 gives formulations of typical primers used in the application of adhesives and sealants, coatings, coil coatings, cosmetics, dental, leather, metal, optical devices, paper, polymers and plastics, printing, and wood. This chapter contains over 50 primer formulations.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA full chapter is devoted to the subject of polymer modification which can improve adhesion – a method frequently used instead of addition of adhesion promoters. The properties of (over 30 groups of adhesion promoters and their potential applications are discussed in the chapter devoted to this subject based on published articles, manufacturers information. and analysis of patents.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe last three chapters contain information on available evaluation and selection of adhesion promoters which work with different polymers (29), products (28), and help to prevent corrosion. A full list of covered polymers and products is given in the table of contents below.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIn addition to the theoretical and practical knowledge required to effectively formulate products used in various applications discussed in this book, there is also available \u003cstrong\u003eDatabook of Adhesion Promoters\u003c\/strong\u003e which contains data on a large number of the most extensively used commercial additives. Both books contain the most recent information available in literature, patents, and published by manufacturers and users of these products. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe book is recommended for readers interested in all aspects of polymers and plastics, with special attention to the development, studies, legislation, and production of coatings, paints, adhesives, sealants, coated fabrics, laminates, conveyor belts, films, inks, tapes, gaskets, electronics, pharmaceuticals, corrosion protection, and many other products.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Introduction\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e1.1 Definitions \u003cbr\u003e1.2 History \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Mechanisms of Adhesion\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Mechanical interlocking \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Surface condition and shape \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Diffusion and entanglement \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Adsorption\/interaction \u003cbr\u003e2.5 Acid-base and electrostatic interactions\u003cbr\u003e2.5.1 Acid-base interactions \u003cbr\u003e2.5.2 Electrostatic interactions \u003cbr\u003e2.6 Surface free energy and wetting \u003cbr\u003e2.7 Crystalline properties \u003cbr\u003e2.8 Interphase formation \u003cbr\u003e2.9 Chemical bonding \u003cbr\u003e2.10 Hydrogen bonding \u003cbr\u003e2.11 Reversible hydrolysis \u003cbr\u003e2.12 Microbiological and biological adhesion \u003cbr\u003e2.13 Cellular adhesion \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Mechanisms of Adhesion Loss\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Corrosion \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Delamination \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Detachment \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Debonding \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Liquid penetration \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Peeling \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 Substrates - Surface Condition and Treatment\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Surface evaluation \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Surface treatment \u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Cleaning \u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Mechanical \u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Plasma \u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Microwave plasma \u003cbr\u003e4.2.5 Flame \u003cbr\u003e4.2.6 Corona discharge \u003cbr\u003e4.2.7 Laser \u003cbr\u003e4.2.8 UV \u003cbr\u003e4.2.9 Chemical modification \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 Typical Primer Formulations and Applications to Different Substrates\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e5.1 Adhesives and sealants \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Coatings \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Coil coating \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Cosmetics \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Dental \u003cbr\u003e5.6 Leather \u003cbr\u003e5.7 Metal \u003cbr\u003e5.8 Optical devices \u003cbr\u003e5.9 Paper \u003cbr\u003e5.10 Polymers and plastics \u003cbr\u003e5.11 Printing \u003cbr\u003e5.12 Wood \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 Polymer Modification to Improve Adhesion\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e6.1 Selection of co-monomers \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Selection of polyols and isocyanates \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Modification of polymers by maleic anhydride \u003cbr\u003e6.4 Modification by epoxy group \u003cbr\u003e6.5 Silane grafting \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7 Properties of Adhesion Promoters\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e7.1 Acrylates \u003cbr\u003e7.2 Amines, amides, aminoamides \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Aryl diazonium salts \u003cbr\u003e7.4 Benzene derivatives \u003cbr\u003e7.5 Carbamic resin \u003cbr\u003e7.6 Chlorinated polyolefins \u003cbr\u003e7.7 Crosslinkers \u003cbr\u003e7.8 Epoxides \u003cbr\u003e7.9 Esters \u003cbr\u003e7.10 Inorganic compounds \u003cbr\u003e7.11 Ionomers \u003cbr\u003e7.12 Isocyanates \u003cbr\u003e7.13 Isocyanurates \u003cbr\u003e7.14 Lignin \u003cbr\u003e7.15 Maleic anhydride modified polymers \u003cbr\u003e7.16 Melamine \u003cbr\u003e7.17 Monomers \u003cbr\u003e7.18 Oligomers \u003cbr\u003e7.19 Phenol novolac resins \u003cbr\u003e7.20 Phosphoric acid esters \u003cbr\u003e7.21 Polymers and copolymers \u003cbr\u003e7.22 Polyols \u003cbr\u003e7.23 Resorcinol \u003cbr\u003e7.24 Rosin \u003cbr\u003e7.25 Silanes \u003cbr\u003e7.26 Silane+silica \u003cbr\u003e7.27 Silane+silicate \u003cbr\u003e7.28 Silane+titanate \u003cbr\u003e7.29 Sucrose derivatives \u003cbr\u003e7.30 Sulfur compounds \u003cbr\u003e7.31 Titanates \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8 Selection of Adhesion Promoters for Different Substrates\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e8.1 ABS \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Alkyd resins \u003cbr\u003e8.3 Cellulose and its derivatives \u003cbr\u003e8.4 Epoxy resin \u003cbr\u003e8.5 Glass \u003cbr\u003e8.6 Metal \u003cbr\u003e8.7 Poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) \u003cbr\u003e8.8 Polyamide \u003cbr\u003e8.9 Polyaniline \u003cbr\u003e8.10 Polycarbonate \u003cbr\u003e8.11 Polydimethylsiloxane \u003cbr\u003e8.12 Polyester \u003cbr\u003e8.13 Polyetheretherketone \u003cbr\u003e8.14 Polyethylene \u003cbr\u003e8.15 Polyimide \u003cbr\u003e8.16 Poly(lactic acid) \u003cbr\u003e8.17 Polypropylene \u003cbr\u003e8.18 Polystyrene \u003cbr\u003e8.19 Polysulfide \u003cbr\u003e8.20 Polysulfone \u003cbr\u003e8.21 Polytetrafluoroethylene \u003cbr\u003e8.22 Polyurethane \u003cbr\u003e8.23 Polyvinylalcohol \u003cbr\u003e8.24 Polyvinylbutyral \u003cbr\u003e8.25 Polyvinylchloride \u003cbr\u003e8.26 Poly(p-xylylene) \u003cbr\u003e8.27 Porcelain \u003cbr\u003e8.28 Rubber \u003cbr\u003e8.29 TPO \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9 Selection of Adhesion Promoters for Different Products\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e9.1 Adhesives \u003cbr\u003e9.2 Aerospace \u003cbr\u003e9.3 Agriculture \u003cbr\u003e9.4 Automotive \u003cbr\u003e9.5 Bitumen \u003cbr\u003e9.6 Ceramic tiles \u003cbr\u003e9.7 Coated fabrics \u003cbr\u003e9.8 Coatings and paints \u003cbr\u003e9.9 Coil coatings \u003cbr\u003e9.10 Composites \u003cbr\u003e9.11 Construction \u003cbr\u003e9.12 Cosmetics \u003cbr\u003e9.13 Dental \u003cbr\u003e9.14 Electrodes \u003cbr\u003e9.15 Electronics \u003cbr\u003e9.16 Flooring \u003cbr\u003e9.17 Food applications \u003cbr\u003e9.18 Inks \u003cbr\u003e9.19 Laminates \u003cbr\u003e9.20 Medical \u003cbr\u003e9.21 Membranes \u003cbr\u003e9.22 Metal coating \u003cbr\u003e9.23 Pharmaceutical \u003cbr\u003e9.24 Roofing \u003cbr\u003e9.25 Sealants \u003cbr\u003e9.26 Tires \u003cbr\u003e9.27 Waterproofing \u003cbr\u003e9.28 Wire \u0026amp; cable \u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Adhesion and Corrosion Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003eIndex \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 17 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives (1st and 2nd Editions), PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, PVC Formulary, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, Handbook of Biodeterioration, Biodegradation and Biostabilization, and Handbook of Polymers (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability, and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education."}
Description Author: George WypychISBN 978-1-927885-37-6 Published: 2018Pages 226 + viFigures 135Tables 34 Summary Fillers do not fill but modify the next generation materials, control their properties, open new applications. This opening sentence underlines the aims of this book which shows applications of fillers resulting from their chemical composition (or modification) and/or special morphological features. This...
$285.00
in stock
{"id":384215023647,"title":"Functional Fillers. Chemical composition, morphology, performance, applications","handle":"functional-fillers-chemical-composition-morphology-performance-applications","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych\u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-37-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2018\u003cbr\u003ePages 226 + vi\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFigures 135\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eTables 34\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFillers do not fill but modify the next generation materials, control their properties, open new applications. This opening sentence underlines the aims of this book which shows applications of fillers resulting from their chemical composition (or modification) and\/or special morphological features. This combination results in a high performance required by many new products.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe book has two sections: analysis of the chemical composition and morphology of classical fillers (some of the over 100 fillers listed in \u003cstrong\u003eHandbook of Fillers\u003c\/strong\u003e, 4\u003csup\u003eth\u003c\/sup\u003e Edition) which contributed to the exceptional enhancements in their properties and applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePresentation of new generations of fillers which provide designers with special properties not available so far from the classical fillers used by industry. Special groups of fillers discussed in this part of the book include, as follows\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eStructure \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMolecular (e.g., silsesquioxanes)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCarbon dots\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNano\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNanowires\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNanorods\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNanosheets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNanodiamonds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh aspect ratio\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLayered double hydroxides\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFunctionalized\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEncapsulated\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHybrid\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003ePhysical properties \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuperlight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDense\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThermally insulating and conductive\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThermal energy storage\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eElectrical and magnetic properties\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConductive\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInsulating \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInsulating\/conductive mixtures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDielectric\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMagnetic\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMagnetodielectric\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEMI shielding\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMicrowave absorption\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePiezoresistive\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eElectrostatic discharge prevention\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eApplications\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLubricant\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAnti-corrosion\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMembrane\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOsteoconductive and other bone tissue engineering fillers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTissue fillers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAntimicrobial\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eRenewable and recycling\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBiofillers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBiosorbents\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGeopolymers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRecycled materials\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFrom the above list, it is pertinent that chemical modifications, structural features, enhanced physical properties, mixtures of fillers, electrical and magnetic properties, special applications corrosion resistance, medicine, dentistry, and antimicrobial, and fillers from renewable resources are the main topics of the book.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe expected audience, as in the case of \u003cstrong\u003eHandbook of Fillers\u003c\/strong\u003e, includes most branches of chemical industry (and some other such as pharmaceutical, medicinal, electronics, etc.), considering that these products are common throughout the industry.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 17 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives (1st and 2nd Editions), PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, PVC Formulary, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, Handbook of Biodeterioration, Biodegradation and Biostabilization, and Handbook of Polymers (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability, and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:02-04:00","created_at":"2017-12-21T15:29:34-05:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2018","additive","additives","applications","book","filler","fillers","mechanical and thermal properties","polymer","polymers","properties","recycling","structure"],"price":28500,"price_min":28500,"price_max":28500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":5105827282975,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Functional Fillers. Chemical composition, morphology, performance, applications","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":28500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-927885-37-6","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-37-6.jpg?v=1513888277"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-37-6.jpg?v=1513888277","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":730921467997,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-37-6.jpg?v=1513888277"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-37-6.jpg?v=1513888277","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych\u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-37-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2018\u003cbr\u003ePages 226 + vi\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFigures 135\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eTables 34\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFillers do not fill but modify the next generation materials, control their properties, open new applications. This opening sentence underlines the aims of this book which shows applications of fillers resulting from their chemical composition (or modification) and\/or special morphological features. This combination results in a high performance required by many new products.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe book has two sections: analysis of the chemical composition and morphology of classical fillers (some of the over 100 fillers listed in \u003cstrong\u003eHandbook of Fillers\u003c\/strong\u003e, 4\u003csup\u003eth\u003c\/sup\u003e Edition) which contributed to the exceptional enhancements in their properties and applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePresentation of new generations of fillers which provide designers with special properties not available so far from the classical fillers used by industry. Special groups of fillers discussed in this part of the book include, as follows\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eStructure \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMolecular (e.g., silsesquioxanes)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCarbon dots\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNano\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNanowires\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNanorods\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNanosheets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNanodiamonds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh aspect ratio\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLayered double hydroxides\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFunctionalized\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEncapsulated\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHybrid\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003ePhysical properties \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuperlight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDense\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThermally insulating and conductive\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThermal energy storage\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eElectrical and magnetic properties\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConductive\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInsulating \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInsulating\/conductive mixtures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDielectric\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMagnetic\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMagnetodielectric\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEMI shielding\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMicrowave absorption\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePiezoresistive\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eElectrostatic discharge prevention\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eApplications\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLubricant\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAnti-corrosion\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMembrane\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOsteoconductive and other bone tissue engineering fillers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTissue fillers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAntimicrobial\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eRenewable and recycling\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBiofillers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBiosorbents\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGeopolymers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRecycled materials\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFrom the above list, it is pertinent that chemical modifications, structural features, enhanced physical properties, mixtures of fillers, electrical and magnetic properties, special applications corrosion resistance, medicine, dentistry, and antimicrobial, and fillers from renewable resources are the main topics of the book.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe expected audience, as in the case of \u003cstrong\u003eHandbook of Fillers\u003c\/strong\u003e, includes most branches of chemical industry (and some other such as pharmaceutical, medicinal, electronics, etc.), considering that these products are common throughout the industry.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 17 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives (1st and 2nd Editions), PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, PVC Formulary, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, Handbook of Biodeterioration, Biodegradation and Biostabilization, and Handbook of Polymers (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability, and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education."}
Description Author: George WypychISBN 978-1-927885-35-2 Published: 2018Pages 734 + xii Summary Ten groups of additives are commercially available for improvement and surface modification of manufactured materials. These include additives improving anti-scratch and mar resistance, gloss, surface flattening, tack reduction, tack increase (tackifiers), surface tension reduction and wetting, surface cleaning, hydrophobization, anti-cratering and leveling, and coefficient of...
$285.00
in stock
{"id":384204210207,"title":"Databook of Surface Modification Additives","handle":"databook-of-surface-modification-additives","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych\u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-35-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2018\u003cbr\u003ePages 734 + xii\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTen groups of additives are commercially available for improvement and surface modification of manufactured materials. These include additives improving anti-scratch and mar resistance, gloss, surface flattening, tack reduction, tack increase (tackifiers), surface tension reduction and wetting, surface cleaning, hydrophobization, anti-cratering and leveling, and coefficient of static friction. A large number of final products benefit from application of these additives, with major groups of industrial products including adhesives, appliances, automotive, bookbinding, building and construction, business machines, cellular phones, coatings, concrete, electronics, flooring, footwear, furniture, graphic arts, lacquers, leather, optical films, packaging, paints, paper, plastics, printing inks, rubber, sealants, wire and cable, and wood.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDatabook of Surface Modification Additives contains extensive data on the most important products in the use today. The information on each additive included in the Databook of Surface Modification Additives is divided into five sections: General information, Physical properties, Health and safety, Ecological properties, and Use \u0026amp; performance. The data belong to almost 130 data fields, which accommodate a variety of data available in the source publications. The description of each section below gives more detail on the composition of information. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIn \u003cstrong\u003eGeneral\u003c\/strong\u003e information section, the following data are displayed: name, CAS #, EC #, Acronym, Active matter, Bio-renewable content, Bromine number, Chemical class, Common synonym, Empirical formula, Functional group, Mixture, Mn, Mw, Mw\/Mn, Mz, Moisture content, Moisture contents, Name, Product composition, Residue after calcination, and Solids content.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePhysical-chemical\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e properties section contains data on State, Odor, Color, Color (Gardener), Color (platinum-cobalt scale), Acid number, Acidic residue, Boiling point, Bulk density, Cloud point values of DACP, EMDA, MMAP, ODM, and OMSCP, Density, Erichsen scratch visibility test, Evaporation rate, Gel sediment, Glass transition temperature, HLB value, Hydroxyl number, Iodine number, Kinematic viscosity, Melt flow rate, Melting point, pH, Refractive index, Relative density, Softening point, Solubility in solvents, Solubility in water, Specific gravity, State, Static coefficient of friction, Surface tension, Vapor density, Vapor pressure, Viscosity, Volatility, Water absorption, and Yellowness index.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHealth and safety\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e section contains data on Autoignition temperature, ADR\/RID class, Agency ratings, Carcinogenicity by ACGIH, IARC, NTP, and OSHA, Chronic health effects, Derived no effect level, Dermal LD50 Guinea pig, DOT Class, Eye irritation, Explosive LEL, Explosive UEL, Exposure limits: ACIGH, NIOSH, and OSHA, Exposure personal protection, First aid: eyes, skin, and inhalation, Flash point, Flash point method, HMIS Health, HMIS Fire, HMIS Reactivity, Hazard class, Hazardous combustion products, ICAO\/IATA class, IMDG class, Ingestion effect, Inhalation effect, Inhalation LC50 Rat, Mutagenicity, NFPA Health, NFPA Flammability, NFPA Reactivity, Rabbit dermal LD50, Rat oral LD50, Skin irritation, Teratogenicity, UN number, UN Risk Phrases, R, and UN Safety Phrases, S.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEcological\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e properties section contains data on Aquatic toxicity LC50 (Green algae, Bluegill sunfish, Daphnia magna, and Fathead minnow), Bioaccumulative (BCF factor), Biodegradation probability, and Partition coefficient (log Koc and log Kow). \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUse \u0026amp; performance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e section contains information on Manufacturer, Outstanding properties, Potential substitute, Recommended for polymers, Recommended for products, Recommended applications, Processing methods, Concentration used, and Food approvals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe above data are given, whenever available, for approximately 360 of the most important surface modification additives produced and used today.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe data included in Databook of Surface Modification Additives represent major suppliers and are based on the most recent available information regarding additives selection. The examples of application are also discussed. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2. Information on the data fields\u003cbr\u003e3. Additives\u003cbr\u003ea. Anti-scratch and mar resistance\u003cbr\u003eb. Gloss enhancement\u003cbr\u003ec. Surface matting (flattening)\u003cbr\u003ed. Tack-free surfaces\u003cbr\u003ee. Tackifiers\u003cbr\u003ef. Surface tension reduction and wetting\u003cbr\u003eg. Easy surface cleaning\u003cbr\u003eh. Water repelling (hydrophobization)\u003cbr\u003ei. Anti-cratering and leveling\u003cbr\u003ej. Improvement of the coefficient of static friction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 17 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives (1st and 2nd Editions), PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, PVC Formulary, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, Handbook of Biodeterioration, Biodegradation and Biostabilization, and Handbook of Polymers (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability, and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:02-04:00","created_at":"2017-12-21T15:05:40-05:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2018","additive","additives","anti-scratch and mar resistance","book","ecological properties","gloss","health and safety","leveling and anti-cratering","matting","physical-chemical properties","polymer","polymers","tack-free surface","tackifires","use and performance"],"price":28500,"price_min":28500,"price_max":28500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":5105771020319,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Databook of Surface Modification Additives","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":28500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-927885-35-2","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-35-2.jpg?v=1513887235"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-35-2.jpg?v=1513887235","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":730915078237,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-35-2.jpg?v=1513887235"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-35-2.jpg?v=1513887235","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych\u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-35-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2018\u003cbr\u003ePages 734 + xii\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTen groups of additives are commercially available for improvement and surface modification of manufactured materials. These include additives improving anti-scratch and mar resistance, gloss, surface flattening, tack reduction, tack increase (tackifiers), surface tension reduction and wetting, surface cleaning, hydrophobization, anti-cratering and leveling, and coefficient of static friction. A large number of final products benefit from application of these additives, with major groups of industrial products including adhesives, appliances, automotive, bookbinding, building and construction, business machines, cellular phones, coatings, concrete, electronics, flooring, footwear, furniture, graphic arts, lacquers, leather, optical films, packaging, paints, paper, plastics, printing inks, rubber, sealants, wire and cable, and wood.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDatabook of Surface Modification Additives contains extensive data on the most important products in the use today. The information on each additive included in the Databook of Surface Modification Additives is divided into five sections: General information, Physical properties, Health and safety, Ecological properties, and Use \u0026amp; performance. The data belong to almost 130 data fields, which accommodate a variety of data available in the source publications. The description of each section below gives more detail on the composition of information. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIn \u003cstrong\u003eGeneral\u003c\/strong\u003e information section, the following data are displayed: name, CAS #, EC #, Acronym, Active matter, Bio-renewable content, Bromine number, Chemical class, Common synonym, Empirical formula, Functional group, Mixture, Mn, Mw, Mw\/Mn, Mz, Moisture content, Moisture contents, Name, Product composition, Residue after calcination, and Solids content.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePhysical-chemical\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e properties section contains data on State, Odor, Color, Color (Gardener), Color (platinum-cobalt scale), Acid number, Acidic residue, Boiling point, Bulk density, Cloud point values of DACP, EMDA, MMAP, ODM, and OMSCP, Density, Erichsen scratch visibility test, Evaporation rate, Gel sediment, Glass transition temperature, HLB value, Hydroxyl number, Iodine number, Kinematic viscosity, Melt flow rate, Melting point, pH, Refractive index, Relative density, Softening point, Solubility in solvents, Solubility in water, Specific gravity, State, Static coefficient of friction, Surface tension, Vapor density, Vapor pressure, Viscosity, Volatility, Water absorption, and Yellowness index.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHealth and safety\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e section contains data on Autoignition temperature, ADR\/RID class, Agency ratings, Carcinogenicity by ACGIH, IARC, NTP, and OSHA, Chronic health effects, Derived no effect level, Dermal LD50 Guinea pig, DOT Class, Eye irritation, Explosive LEL, Explosive UEL, Exposure limits: ACIGH, NIOSH, and OSHA, Exposure personal protection, First aid: eyes, skin, and inhalation, Flash point, Flash point method, HMIS Health, HMIS Fire, HMIS Reactivity, Hazard class, Hazardous combustion products, ICAO\/IATA class, IMDG class, Ingestion effect, Inhalation effect, Inhalation LC50 Rat, Mutagenicity, NFPA Health, NFPA Flammability, NFPA Reactivity, Rabbit dermal LD50, Rat oral LD50, Skin irritation, Teratogenicity, UN number, UN Risk Phrases, R, and UN Safety Phrases, S.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEcological\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e properties section contains data on Aquatic toxicity LC50 (Green algae, Bluegill sunfish, Daphnia magna, and Fathead minnow), Bioaccumulative (BCF factor), Biodegradation probability, and Partition coefficient (log Koc and log Kow). \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUse \u0026amp; performance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e section contains information on Manufacturer, Outstanding properties, Potential substitute, Recommended for polymers, Recommended for products, Recommended applications, Processing methods, Concentration used, and Food approvals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe above data are given, whenever available, for approximately 360 of the most important surface modification additives produced and used today.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe data included in Databook of Surface Modification Additives represent major suppliers and are based on the most recent available information regarding additives selection. The examples of application are also discussed. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2. Information on the data fields\u003cbr\u003e3. Additives\u003cbr\u003ea. Anti-scratch and mar resistance\u003cbr\u003eb. Gloss enhancement\u003cbr\u003ec. Surface matting (flattening)\u003cbr\u003ed. Tack-free surfaces\u003cbr\u003ee. Tackifiers\u003cbr\u003ef. Surface tension reduction and wetting\u003cbr\u003eg. Easy surface cleaning\u003cbr\u003eh. Water repelling (hydrophobization)\u003cbr\u003ei. Anti-cratering and leveling\u003cbr\u003ej. Improvement of the coefficient of static friction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 17 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives (1st and 2nd Editions), PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, PVC Formulary, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, Handbook of Biodeterioration, Biodegradation and Biostabilization, and Handbook of Polymers (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability, and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education."}
Description Authors: Prof. Dr. Alexander Ya. Malkin, Prof. Dr. Avraam I. Isayev ISBN 978-1-927885-21-5 (hard copy)Published: 2017Pages 486+xivFigures 265 Summary The third edition of this excellent book brings many new additions, which include new methods and applications based on the most recently published literature. The most notable new sections discuss heterogeneity in flow, rheology of...
$299.00
in stock
{"id":11427417284,"title":"Rheology. Concepts, Methods, and Applications, 3rd Edition","handle":"rheology-concepts-methods-and-applications-3rd-edition","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthors: Prof. Dr. Alexander Ya. Malkin, Prof. Dr. Avraam I. Isayev \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-21-5 (hard copy)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2017\u003cbr\u003ePages 486+xiv\u003cbr\u003eFigures 265\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe third edition of this excellent book brings many new additions, which include new methods and applications based on the most recently published literature. The most notable new sections discuss heterogeneity in flow, rheology of highly concentrated emulsions and suspensions, viscosity and viscoelastic behavior of nanocomposites, the behavior of supramolecular solutions, rheology of gels, deformation-induced anisotropy, conformation changes during flow, and molecular orientation.\u003cbr\u003eThe first four chapters of this book discuss various aspects of the theoretical rheology and, by examples of many studies, show how particular theory, model, or equation can be used in solving different problems. The main emphasis is on liquids but solid materials are discussed in one full chapter.\u003cbr\u003eThe goal of the rheological studies is not to measure some rheological variables but to generate relevant data and this requires experience and understanding of theory. The authors share their experiences of many years of experimental studies and teaching to show the use of rheology in studies of materials. This is one very strong aspect of this book which will help to avert costly confusions - common when data are generated under wrong conditions or data are wrongly used.\u003cbr\u003eMethods of measurement and raw data treatment are included in one large chapter which constitutes over one-quarter of the book. Eight groups of methods are discussed here giving many choices for experimentation and guidance on where and how to use them properly.\u003cbr\u003eThe final chapter shows how to use rheological methods in different groups of products and methods of their manufacture. Usefulness of chemorheological (rheokinetical) measurements is also emphasized. This chapter continues with examples of purposeful applications in practical matters.\u003cbr\u003eThe authors are very meticulous in showing the historical sequence of developments which led to the present advancements in rheology. This aspect is of interest of specialists in rheology, professors, and their students because it shows in chronological order important events and teaches about their implications on further discoveries. References to various chapters and short summaries of achievements of many scientists give the essential historical background of contributors to rheology as a science and as the method of solving many practical problems.\u003cbr\u003eMany people need this book, ranging from students to accomplished rheologists because it contains expert advice of two very famous and accomplished scientists and teachers who know discoveries first-hand because they may have taken part in some of them and they intent to pass their knowledge to the next generations. Previous editions of this book are used as a textbook in many universities worldwide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis book is very useful in industrial applications but it is invaluable as a teaching tool in universities and colleges because it is consistent with programs of rheology courses. The practicality of this book will prepare students for typical tasks in industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIntroduction. Rheology: Subject and Goals\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 Continuum Mechanics as a Foundation of Rheology \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Deformations \u003cbr\u003e1.3 Kinematics of deformations \u003cbr\u003e1.4 Heterogeneity on flow \u003cbr\u003e1.5 Summary − continuum mechanics in rheology\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Viscoelasticity \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Basic experiments \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Relaxation and creep − spectral representation. Dynamic functions \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Model interpretations \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Superposition − The Boltzmann-Volterra Principle \u003cbr\u003e2.5 Relationships among viscoelastic functions \u003cbr\u003e2.6 Viscoelasticity and molecular models \u003cbr\u003e2.7 Time-temperature superposition. Reduced (“master”) viscoelastic curves \u003cbr\u003e2.8 Non-linear effects in viscoelasticity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Liquids \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Newtonian and non-Newtonian liquids. Definitions \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Non-Newtonian shear flow \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Equations for viscosity and flow curves \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Elasticity in shear flows \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Structure rearrangements induced by shear flow \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Limits of shear flow − instabilities \u003cbr\u003e3.7 Extensional flow \u003cbr\u003e3.8 Conclusions − real liquid is a complex liquid\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 Solids \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction and definitions \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Linear elastic (Hookean) materials \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Linear anisotropic solids \u003cbr\u003e4.4 Large deformations in solids and non-linearity \u003cbr\u003e4.5 Limits of elasticity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 Rheometry Experimental Methods \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction − Classification of experimental methods \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Capillary viscometry \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Rotational rheometry \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Plastometers \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Method of falling sphere \u003cbr\u003e5.6 Extension \u003cbr\u003e5.7 Measurement of viscoelastic properties by dynamic (oscillation) methods \u003cbr\u003e5.8 Physical methods\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 Applications of Rheology \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Rheological properties of real materials and their characterization \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Rheokinetics (chemorheology) and rheokinetic liquids \u003cbr\u003e6.4 Solution of dynamic problems \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNotation \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSolutions \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIndex \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","published_at":"2017-07-13T17:21:03-04:00","created_at":"2017-07-13T17:22:34-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2017","boltzmann-volterra stresses","book","capillary viscometry","creep","deformation","elongation","equations","liquid","Newtonian liquids","non-Newtonian liquids","p-properties","plastometers","polymer","rheokinetics","rheological","rheology","rheometry","solids","viscoelasticity"],"price":29900,"price_min":29900,"price_max":29900,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":45226298884,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Rheology. Concepts, Methods, and Applications, 3rd Edition","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":29900,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"deny","barcode":"978-1-927885-21-5","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-21-5.jpg?v=1504029062"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-21-5.jpg?v=1504029062","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":412845899869,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-21-5.jpg?v=1504029062"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-21-5.jpg?v=1504029062","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthors: Prof. Dr. Alexander Ya. Malkin, Prof. Dr. Avraam I. Isayev \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-21-5 (hard copy)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2017\u003cbr\u003ePages 486+xiv\u003cbr\u003eFigures 265\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe third edition of this excellent book brings many new additions, which include new methods and applications based on the most recently published literature. The most notable new sections discuss heterogeneity in flow, rheology of highly concentrated emulsions and suspensions, viscosity and viscoelastic behavior of nanocomposites, the behavior of supramolecular solutions, rheology of gels, deformation-induced anisotropy, conformation changes during flow, and molecular orientation.\u003cbr\u003eThe first four chapters of this book discuss various aspects of the theoretical rheology and, by examples of many studies, show how particular theory, model, or equation can be used in solving different problems. The main emphasis is on liquids but solid materials are discussed in one full chapter.\u003cbr\u003eThe goal of the rheological studies is not to measure some rheological variables but to generate relevant data and this requires experience and understanding of theory. The authors share their experiences of many years of experimental studies and teaching to show the use of rheology in studies of materials. This is one very strong aspect of this book which will help to avert costly confusions - common when data are generated under wrong conditions or data are wrongly used.\u003cbr\u003eMethods of measurement and raw data treatment are included in one large chapter which constitutes over one-quarter of the book. Eight groups of methods are discussed here giving many choices for experimentation and guidance on where and how to use them properly.\u003cbr\u003eThe final chapter shows how to use rheological methods in different groups of products and methods of their manufacture. Usefulness of chemorheological (rheokinetical) measurements is also emphasized. This chapter continues with examples of purposeful applications in practical matters.\u003cbr\u003eThe authors are very meticulous in showing the historical sequence of developments which led to the present advancements in rheology. This aspect is of interest of specialists in rheology, professors, and their students because it shows in chronological order important events and teaches about their implications on further discoveries. References to various chapters and short summaries of achievements of many scientists give the essential historical background of contributors to rheology as a science and as the method of solving many practical problems.\u003cbr\u003eMany people need this book, ranging from students to accomplished rheologists because it contains expert advice of two very famous and accomplished scientists and teachers who know discoveries first-hand because they may have taken part in some of them and they intent to pass their knowledge to the next generations. Previous editions of this book are used as a textbook in many universities worldwide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis book is very useful in industrial applications but it is invaluable as a teaching tool in universities and colleges because it is consistent with programs of rheology courses. The practicality of this book will prepare students for typical tasks in industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIntroduction. Rheology: Subject and Goals\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e1 Continuum Mechanics as a Foundation of Rheology \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Deformations \u003cbr\u003e1.3 Kinematics of deformations \u003cbr\u003e1.4 Heterogeneity on flow \u003cbr\u003e1.5 Summary − continuum mechanics in rheology\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Viscoelasticity \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Basic experiments \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Relaxation and creep − spectral representation. Dynamic functions \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Model interpretations \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Superposition − The Boltzmann-Volterra Principle \u003cbr\u003e2.5 Relationships among viscoelastic functions \u003cbr\u003e2.6 Viscoelasticity and molecular models \u003cbr\u003e2.7 Time-temperature superposition. Reduced (“master”) viscoelastic curves \u003cbr\u003e2.8 Non-linear effects in viscoelasticity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Liquids \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Newtonian and non-Newtonian liquids. Definitions \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Non-Newtonian shear flow \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Equations for viscosity and flow curves \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Elasticity in shear flows \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Structure rearrangements induced by shear flow \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Limits of shear flow − instabilities \u003cbr\u003e3.7 Extensional flow \u003cbr\u003e3.8 Conclusions − real liquid is a complex liquid\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 Solids \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction and definitions \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Linear elastic (Hookean) materials \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Linear anisotropic solids \u003cbr\u003e4.4 Large deformations in solids and non-linearity \u003cbr\u003e4.5 Limits of elasticity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 Rheometry Experimental Methods \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction − Classification of experimental methods \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Capillary viscometry \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Rotational rheometry \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Plastometers \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Method of falling sphere \u003cbr\u003e5.6 Extension \u003cbr\u003e5.7 Measurement of viscoelastic properties by dynamic (oscillation) methods \u003cbr\u003e5.8 Physical methods\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 Applications of Rheology \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Rheological properties of real materials and their characterization \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Rheokinetics (chemorheology) and rheokinetic liquids \u003cbr\u003e6.4 Solution of dynamic problems \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNotation \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSolutions \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIndex \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e"}
Description Editor: George Wypych ISBN 978-1-895198-97-3 (hard copy)Published: March 2017 Pages 858+xiiTables 122, Figures 373 Summary This book contains a comprehensive review of information available in the open literature, such as published scientific papers, information from plasticizer manufacturers, and patent literature. The book contains information from the most recent sources and updated information from...
$350.00
in stock
{"id":11427318148,"title":"Handbook of Plasticizers, 3rd Edition","handle":"handbook-of-plasticizers-3rd-edition","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEditor: George Wypych \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-895198-97-3 (hard copy)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: March 2017 \u003cbr\u003ePages 858+xii\u003cbr\u003eTables 122, Figures 373\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis book contains a comprehensive review of information available in the open literature, such as published scientific papers, information from plasticizer manufacturers, and patent literature. The book contains information from the most recent sources and updated information from the previous editions. \u003cbr\u003eThe information available today permits to use plasticizers more effectively and to avoid certain plasticizers in applications where they may cause health or material durability problems. The source of raw materials used for the production of plasticizers is becoming one of the issues in the selection of plasticizers. The book contains information on plasticizers obtained from renewable resources. Plasticizer incorporation demands a broad background of information because plasticizers are now added to complex mixtures containing a variety of materials which may have different reactions to the presence of plasticizers. Plasticizer's choice is also not simple because there is a large selection of commercial plasticizers and various environmental issues dictating preferred solutions.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eBoth aspects considered indicate the need for a comprehensive source which, using currently available means of the computerized database should provide data and a broad background of theoretical information in the condensed form easy to search. \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eNumerical data on the most important plasticizers are provided in the tabular form of a printed book, entitled \u003cstrong\u003eDatabook of Plasticizers\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\nTwenty one chapters are included in Handbook of Plasticizers. Full Table of Contents is also available for review. Only some chapters are discussed here to add more information which may not be obvious from the table of contents.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eData are available for a large number of commercial plasticizers. This data is used in Chapter 2 to specify typical properties of plasticizers which belong to one of the thirty-one groups. The ranges of expected properties for a given group are also given.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eChapters 5, 6 and 7 contain new and historical approaches, which explain mechanisms of plasticizers action and their behavior in plasticized systems. This theoretical background helps to understand practical observations and provides guidance to the methods of material improvement. Chapter 9 shows plasticization steps and results of various analytical studies which help in understanding these steps and parameters which may control them.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eTwenty-eight sections of Chapter 10 discuss plasticizers’ effect on physical and mechanical properties of plasticized materials. These sections are essential for understanding the behavior of materials and principles of their formulation.\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 11 contains data on the use of plasticizers in 61 groups of polymers. The information is grouped under the following sections – Frequently used plasticizers, Practical concentrations, Main functions performed by plasticizers, Mechanism of plasticizer action, Effect of plasticizers on polymer and other additives and Typical formulations. Use of such consistent method of data presentation helps to find information quickly and to compare data from various sources and applications. \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eSimilar, Chapter 13 discusses the use of plasticizers in 33 groups of products according to a similar breakdown including Plasticizer types, Plasticizer concentration, Reasons for plasticizer use, Advantages and disadvantages of plasticizers use, Effect of plasticizers on product properties, and Examples of formulations. Both chapters make use of a large number of patents and information in open literature discussing the most current findings and trends.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eIn Chapter 14 attempts are being made to discuss the following topics: Effect of plasticizers on process conditions, Processing defects formation and elimination with use of plasticizers, Influence of rheological changes on the process, Equipment maintenance, and Energy consumption. This chapter discusses 15 methods of polymer and rubber processing.\u003cbr\u003eSeveral chapters which follow discuss various aspects of plasticizer effect on health, safety, and environment. Chapter 17 contains opinions of renowned experts on various aspects of plasticizers effect on health and safety. Chapter 18 contains information on plasticizers persistence in soil and water. Plasticizers releases and their presence in the environment are discussed for many important commercial plasticizers.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThis short review and the Table of Contents show that this book is the most comprehensive source of current information on plasticizers. Plasticizers are used in so many products that every library should have this reference source of information on plasticizers readily available for its readers. Especially considering that so many aspects of application plasticizers have recently changed that older books cannot provide right answers. This book should be used in conjunction with \u003cstrong\u003ePlasticizer Database\u003c\/strong\u003e and\/or \u003cstrong\u003eDatabook of Plasticizers\u003c\/strong\u003e which gives information on the present status and properties of industrial and research plasticizers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEditor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeorge Wypych studied chemical engineering and obtained Ph. D. in chemical engineering. The professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp;development. He has published 25 books (PVC Plastisols, University Press; Polyvinylchloride Degradation, Elsevier; Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, Elsevier; Polymer Modified Textile Materials, Wiley \u0026amp; Sons; Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th Edition, ChemTec Publishing; Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Edition, ChemTec Publishing; Recycling of PVC, ChemTec Publishing; Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, Plastics Design Library, Handbook of Solvents, 1st and 2nd Edition, ChemTec Publishing, Handbook of Plasticizers, 1st, 2nd, 3rd Edition, ChemTec Publishing, Handbook of Antistatics, 1st and 2nd Edition, ChemTec Publishing, Databook of Antistatics, 1st and 2nd Edition, ChemTec Publishing, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release and Slip Additives, 1st , 2nd and 3rd Edition, ChemTec Publishing, Industrial Solvents in Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology (two editions), John Wiley \u0026amp; Sons, PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, 1st and 2nd Editions, ChemTec Publishing, The PVC Formulary, 1st and 2nd Editions, ChemTec Publishing), Handbook of Material Biodegradation, Biodeterioration, and Biostabilization, 1st and 2nd Editions, ChemTec Publishing, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, 1st and 2nd Editions, ChemTec Publishing, Handbook of Polymers, 1st and 2nd Editions, ChemTec Publishing, Atlas of Material Damage, 1st and 2nd Editions, ChemTec Publishing, Handbook of Odors in Plastic Materials, 1st and 2nd Editions, ChemTec Publishing), Databook of Solvents, ChemTec Publishing, Databook of Blowing and Auxiliary Agents, ChemTec Publishing, Handbook of Foaming and Blowing Agents, ChemTec Publishing, Databook of Green Solvents, ChemTec Publishing, 2 databases (Solvents Database, 1st, 2nd, 3rd Edition and Database of Antistatics 1st and 2nd Edition, both by ChemTec Publishing), and 42 scientific papers and obtained 16 patents. He specializes in PVC, polymer additives, material durability and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition of services to education.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelated Publications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDatabook of Plasticizers\u003cbr\u003ePVC Degradation and Stabilization\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e1 \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003eINTRODUCTION \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Historical developments \u003cbr\u003e1.2 Expectations from plasticizers\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Definitions \u003cbr\u003e1.4 Classification\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 PLASTICIZER TYPES \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Characteristic properties of industrial plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Abietates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Adipates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Alkyl sulfonates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Amides and amines \u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Azelates\u003cbr\u003e2.2.6 Benzoates\u003cbr\u003e2.2.7 Bioplasticizers \u003cbr\u003e2.2.8 Biodegradable plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e2.2.9 Chlorinated paraffins \u003cbr\u003e2.2.10 Citrates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.11 Cycloxehane dicarboxylate \u003cbr\u003e2.2.12 Cyclohexane dicarboxylic acid, diisononyl ester \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eMax Kron \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.2.13 Energetic plasticizers\u003cbr\u003e2.2.14 Epoxides\u003cbr\u003e2.2.15 Esters of C10-30 dicarboxylic acids \u003cbr\u003e2.2.16 Ether-ester plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e2.2.17 Glutarates\u003cbr\u003e2.2.18 Hydrocarbon oils \u003cbr\u003e2.2.19 Isobutyrates\u003cbr\u003e2.2.20 Maleates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.21 Oleates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.22 Pentaerythritol derivatives \u003cbr\u003e2.2.23 Phosphates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.24 Phthalate-free plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e2.2.25 Phthalates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.26 Polymeric plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e2.2.27 Ricinoleates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.28 Sebacates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.29 Sulfonamides \u003cbr\u003e2.2.30 Superplasticizers and plasticizers for concrete\u003cbr\u003e2.2.31 Tri- and pyromellitates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.32 Other plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Methods of synthesis and their effect on properties of plasticizers\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Reactive plasticizers and internal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 TYPICAL METHODS OF QUALITY CONTROL OF PLASTICIZERS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Abbreviations, terminology, and vocabulary\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Acid number \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Aging studies \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Ash \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Brittleness temperature \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Brookfield viscosity \u003cbr\u003e3.7 Chemical resistance \u003cbr\u003e3.8 Color \u003cbr\u003e3.9 Compatibility \u003cbr\u003e3.10 Compression set \u003cbr\u003e3.11 Concrete additives \u003cbr\u003e3.12 Electrical properties \u003cbr\u003e3.13 Extractable matter \u003cbr\u003e3.14 Flash and fire point \u003cbr\u003e3.15 Fogging\u003cbr\u003e3.16 Fusion\u003cbr\u003e3.17 Gas chromatography\u003cbr\u003e3.18 Hardness \u003cbr\u003e3.19 Infrared analysis of plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e3.20 Kinematic viscosity \u003cbr\u003e3.21 Marking (classification) \u003cbr\u003e3.22 Melt rheology\u003cbr\u003e3.23 Migration \u003cbr\u003e3.24 Poly(vinyl chloride) – standard specification \u003cbr\u003e3.25 Powder-mix time\u003cbr\u003e3.26 Purity\u003cbr\u003e3.27 Refractive index\u003cbr\u003e3.28 Residual contamination \u003cbr\u003e3.29 Sampling \u003cbr\u003e3.30 Saponification value\u003cbr\u003e3.31 Saybolt viscosity\u003cbr\u003e3.32 Sorption of plasticizer\u003cbr\u003e3.33 Specific gravity \u003cbr\u003e3.34 Specification\u003cbr\u003e3.35 Staining \u003cbr\u003e3.36 Stiffness\u003cbr\u003e3.37 Tensile properties\u003cbr\u003e3.38 Thermal expansion coefficient \u003cbr\u003e3.39 Unsaponifiable contents \u003cbr\u003e3.40 Viscosity of plastisols and organosols \u003cbr\u003e3.41 Water concentration\u003cbr\u003e3.42 Weight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Transportation\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Storage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 MECHANISMS OF PLASTICIZERS ACTION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eA. Marcilla and M. Beltrán \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Classical theories \u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 The lubricity theory\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 The gel theory \u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Moorshead's empirical approach \u003cbr\u003e5.2 The free volume theory \u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Mathematical models\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6 \u003cstrong\u003eTHEORIES OF COMPATIBILITY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eValery Yu. Senichev and Vasiliy V. Tereshatov \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Compatibility concepts \u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 Thermodynamic treatment \u003cbr\u003e6.1.2 Interaction parameter\u003cbr\u003e6.1.3 Effect of chemical structure of plasticizers and matrix \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Solubility parameter and the cohesive energy density \u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Solubility parameter concept \u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Experimental evaluation of solubility parameters of plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Methods of experimental evaluation and calculation of solubility parameters of polymers \u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 The methods of calculation of solubility parameters \u003cbr\u003e6.2.5 Multi-dimensional approaches \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Methods of plasticizer selection based on principles of compatibility\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 How much plasticizer is necessary for a polymer composition? \u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Initial experimental estimation of compatibility \u003cbr\u003e6.3.3 Thermodynamic compatibility \u003cbr\u003e6.4 Practical approaches in using theory of compatibility for plasticizers selection \u003cbr\u003e6.5 Experimental data illustrating effect of compatibility on plasticized systems \u003cbr\u003e6.5.1 Influence of compatibility on the physical stability of the plasticized polymer\u003cbr\u003e6.5.2 Influence of compatibility on viscosity of the plasticized composition\u003cbr\u003e6.5.3 Influence of compatibility on mechanical properties and physical properties of plasticized polymer\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e7 PLASTICIZER MOTION AND DIFFUSION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Plasticizer diffusion rate and the methods of study\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Plasticizer motion and distribution in matrix \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Plasticizer migration\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Plasticizer distribution in materials in contact \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eVasiliy V Tereshatov and Valery Yu Senichev\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Antiplasticization \u003cbr\u003e7.6 Effect of diffusion and mobility of plasticizers on their\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8 EFFECT OF PLASTICIZERS ON OTHER COMPONENTS OF FORMULATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Plasticizer consumption by fillers \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Solubility of additives in plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e8.3 Additive molecular mobility and transport in the presence of plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e8.4 Effect of plasticizers on polymerization and curing reactions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9 PLASTICIZATION STEPS \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eA. Marcilla, J. C. García and M. Beltrán \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Plasticization steps\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Studies of plastisol's behavior during gelation and fusion \u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 Rheological characterization \u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 Studies by scanning electron microscopy \u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Study of polymer-plasticizer interactions by DSC \u003cbr\u003e9.2.4 Study of polymer-plasticizer interactions by SALS\u003cbr\u003e9.2.5 Study of polymer-plasticizer interactions by FTIR \u003cbr\u003e9.2.6 Study of polymer-plasticizer interactions by\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 EFFECT OF PLASTICIZERS ON PROPERTIES OF PLASTICIZED MATERIALS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Mechanical properties\u003cbr\u003e10.1.1 Tensile strength \u003cbr\u003e10.1.2 Elongation\u003cbr\u003e10.1.3 Hardness\u003cbr\u003e10.1.4 Toughness, stiffness, ductility, modulus \u003cbr\u003e10.1.5 Other mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003e10.2 Optical properties \u003cbr\u003e10.3 Spectral properties \u003cbr\u003e10.4 Gloss \u003cbr\u003e10.5 Sound \u003cbr\u003e10.6 Rheological properties \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eJuan Carlos Garcia, and Antonio Francisco Marcilla \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.6.1 Torque measurement in mixers \u003cbr\u003e10.6.2 Capillary viscometers \u003cbr\u003e10.6.3 Dynamic experiments \u003cbr\u003e10.6.4 Rheology of PVC plastisols \u003cbr\u003e10.7 Magnetorheological properties \u003cbr\u003e10.8 Electrical properties \u003cbr\u003e10.9 Influence of plasticizers on the glass transition temperature of polymers \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eValery Yu Senichev and Vasiliy V Tereshatov \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.10 Flammability and smoke formation in the presence of plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e10.11 Thermal degradation \u003cbr\u003e10.11.1 Thermal degradation of plasticizer \u003cbr\u003e10.11.2 Effect of polymer degradation products on plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e10.11.3 Effect of plasticizer degradation products on polymer degradation\u003cbr\u003e10.11.4 Loss of plasticizer from material due to the chemical decomposition reactions and evaporation \u003cbr\u003e10.11.5 Effect of plasticizers on the thermal degradation of material \u003cbr\u003e10.12 Effect of UV and ionized radiation on plasticized materials\u003cbr\u003e10.13 Hydrolysis \u003cbr\u003e10.14 Biodegradation in the presence of plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e10.15 Crystallization, structure, and orientation of macromolecules \u003cbr\u003e10.16 Morphology\u003cbr\u003e10.17 Plasticizer effect on contact with other materials \u003cbr\u003e10.18 Influence of plasticizers on swelling of crosslinked elastomers \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eVasiliy V. Tereshatov, Valery Yu. Senichev \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.18.1 Change of elastic properties of elastomers on swelling in liquids of different polarity \u003cbr\u003e10.18.2 Influence of swelling on viscoelastic properties of crosslinked amorphous elastomers\u003cbr\u003e10.18.3 Influence of swelling on tensile strength and critical strain of elastic materials \u003cbr\u003e10.19 The swelling of nano-heterogenous coatings in plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eVasiliy V.Tereshatov, Valery Yu. Senichev, Marina A. Makarova \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.20 Peculiarities of plasticization of polyurethanes by binary plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eVasiliy V. Tereshatov, Valery Yu. Senichev, Vladimir N. Strel'nikov, \u003cbr\u003eElsa N. Tereshatova, Marina A. Makarova\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.21 Stability of physico-mechanical properties of plasticized polyetherurethane in a humid medium\u003cbr\u003eM. A. Makarova, V. V. Tereshatov, A. I .Slobodinyuk, V. Yu. Senichev, Zh. A. Vnutskikh\u003cbr\u003e10.22 Fusible diurethane plasticizers for thermoplastic polyurethane composites\u003cbr\u003eV. V. Tereshatov, V. Yu. Senichev\u003cbr\u003e10.23 Determination of osmotic pressure of plasticizer in polymer\u003cbr\u003eV. V. Tereshatov, Zh. A. Vnutskikh, V. Yu. Senichev, A. I. Slobodinyuk\u003cbr\u003e10.24 Self-healing\u003cbr\u003e10.25 Shrinkage\u003cbr\u003e10.26 Soiling \u003cbr\u003e10.27 Free volume \u003cbr\u003e10.28 Effect of plasticizers on other properties\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e11 PLASTICIZERS USE AND SELECTION FOR SPECIFIC POLYMERS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11.1 ABS \u003cbr\u003e11.2 Acrylics \u003cbr\u003e11.3 Bromobutyl rubber \u003cbr\u003e11.4 Butyl terpolymer\u003cbr\u003e11.5 Cellulose acetate \u003cbr\u003e11.6 Cellulose butyrates and propionates \u003cbr\u003e11.7 Cellulose nitrate \u003cbr\u003e11.8 Chitosan\u003cbr\u003e11.9 Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride \u003cbr\u003e11.10 Chlorosulfonated polyethylene \u003cbr\u003e11.11 Copolymers \u003cbr\u003e11.12 Cyanoacrylates \u003cbr\u003e11.13 Ethylcellulose\u003cbr\u003e11.14 Ethylene-propylene-diene copolymer, EPDM \u003cbr\u003e11.15 Epoxy resin \u003cbr\u003e11.16 Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, EVA \u003cbr\u003e11.17 Ionomers \u003cbr\u003e11.18 Nitrile rubber\u003cbr\u003e11.19 Perfluoropolymers \u003cbr\u003e11.20 Polyacrylonitrile\u003cbr\u003e11.21 Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e11.22 Polyamine \u003cbr\u003e11.23 Polyaniline \u003cbr\u003e11.24 Polybutadiene\u003cbr\u003e11.25 Polybutylene \u003cbr\u003e11.26 Poly(butyl methacrylate)\u003cbr\u003e11.27 Polycarbonate \u003cbr\u003e11.28 Polyester \u003cbr\u003e11.29 Polyetherimide \u003cbr\u003e11.30 Polyethylacrylate \u003cbr\u003e11.31 Polyethylene \u003cbr\u003e11.32 Poly(ethylene oxide) \u003cbr\u003e11.33 Poly(3-hydroxybutyrate) \u003cbr\u003e11.34 Polyisobutylene\u003cbr\u003e11.35 Polyisoprene \u003cbr\u003e11.36 Polyimide \u003cbr\u003e11.37 Polylactide\u003cbr\u003e11.38 Polymethylmethacrylate \u003cbr\u003e11.39 Polypropylene \u003cbr\u003e11.40 Poly(propylene carbonate) \u003cbr\u003e11.41 Poly(N-vinylcarbazole) \u003cbr\u003e11.42 Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone) \u003cbr\u003e11.43 Poly(phenylene ether) \u003cbr\u003e11.44 Poly(phenylene sulfide) \u003cbr\u003e11.45 Polystyrene \u003cbr\u003e11.46 Polysulfide \u003cbr\u003e11.47 Polysulfone \u003cbr\u003e11.48 Polyurethanes\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eVasiliy Tereshatov V., Valery Senichev Yu., Elsa Tereshatova N., Marina Makarova A. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11.49 Polyvinylacetate\u003cbr\u003e11.50 Polyvinylalcohol \u003cbr\u003e11.51 Polyvinylbutyral \u003cbr\u003e11.52 Polyvinylchloride \u003cbr\u003e11.53 Polyvinyl fluoride \u003cbr\u003e11.54 Polyvinylidenefluoride \u003cbr\u003e11.55 Polyvinylidenechloride \u003cbr\u003e11.56 Proteins \u003cbr\u003e11.57 Rubber, natural\u003cbr\u003e11.58 Silicone\u003cbr\u003e11.59 Styrene-butadiene rubber \u003cbr\u003e11.60 Styrene-butadiene-styrene rubber \u003cbr\u003e11.61 Starch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 PLASTICIZERS IN POLYMER BLENDS \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12.1 Plasticizer partition between component polymers \u003cbr\u003e12.2 Interaction of plasticizers with blend components \u003cbr\u003e12.3 Effect of plasticizers on blend properties \u003cbr\u003e12.4 Blending to reduce or to replace plasticizers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e13 PLASTICIZERS IN VARIOUS INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e13.1 Adhesives and sealants \u003cbr\u003e13.2 Aerospace \u003cbr\u003e13.3 Agriculture \u003cbr\u003e13.4 Automotive applications \u003cbr\u003e13.5 Cementitious materials \u003cbr\u003e13.6 Coated fabrics \u003cbr\u003e13.7 Composites \u003cbr\u003e13.8 Cosmetics\u003cbr\u003e13.9 Cultural heritage\u003cbr\u003e13.10 Dental materials \u003cbr\u003e13.11 Electrical and electronics \u003cbr\u003e13.12 Fibers\u003cbr\u003e13.13 Film \u003cbr\u003e13.14 Food \u003cbr\u003e13.15 Flooring \u003cbr\u003e13.16 Foams\u003cbr\u003e13.17 Footwear \u003cbr\u003e13.18 Fuel cells \u003cbr\u003e13.19 Gaskets\u003cbr\u003e13.20 Household products \u003cbr\u003e13.21 Inks, varnishes, and lacquers \u003cbr\u003e13.22 Medical applications \u003cbr\u003e13.23 Membranes \u003cbr\u003e13.24 Microspheres \u003cbr\u003e13.25 Paints and coatings \u003cbr\u003e13.26 Pharmaceutical products \u003cbr\u003e13.27 Photographic materials\u003cbr\u003e13.28 Pipes \u003cbr\u003e13.29 Roofing materials \u003cbr\u003e13.30 Tires\u003cbr\u003e13.31 Toys \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eA. Marcilla, J.C. García, and M. Beltran \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e13.32 Tubing \u003cbr\u003e13.33 Wire and cable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e14 PLASTICIZERS IN VARIOUS PROCESSING METHODS \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e14.1 Blow molding \u003cbr\u003e14.2 Calendering \u003cbr\u003e14.3 Coil coating \u003cbr\u003e14.4 Compression molding \u003cbr\u003e14.5 Compounding (mixing) \u003cbr\u003e14.6 Dip coating \u003cbr\u003e14.7 Dry blending \u003cbr\u003e14.8 Extrusion \u003cbr\u003e14.9 Injection molding \u003cbr\u003e14.10 Polymer synthesis \u003cbr\u003e14.11 Rotational molding \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eM. Beltrán, J. C. Garcia, and A. Marcilla \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e14.12 Rubber processing \u003cbr\u003e14.13 Thermoforming \u003cbr\u003e14.14 Web coating \u003cbr\u003e14.15 Wire coating\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e15 SPECIALIZED ANALYTICAL METHODS IN PLASTICIZER TESTING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e15.1 Plasticizer identification \u003cbr\u003e15.2 Methods of determination of plasticizer concentration \u003cbr\u003e15.3 Determination of volatility, molecular motion, diffusion, and migration \u003cbr\u003e15.4 Methods of study of plasticized materials\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e16 MATHEMATICAL MODELLING IN APPLICATION TO PLASTICIZERS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e16.1 PVC-plasticizer interaction model \u003cbr\u003e16.2 Gas permeation\u003cbr\u003e16.3 Migration\u003cbr\u003e16.4 Dry-blending time \u003cbr\u003e16.5 Gelation and fusion \u003cbr\u003e16.6 Thermal decomposition\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e17 HEALTH AND SAFETY ISSUES WITH PLASTICIZERS AND PLASTICIZED MATERIALS \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.1 Adjuvant effect of plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eSøren Thor Larsen\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.1.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e17.1.2 Airway allergy\u003cbr\u003e17.1.3 Adjuvant effect \u003cbr\u003e17.1.4 Adjuvant effect of phthalate plasticizers? \u003cbr\u003e17.1.5 Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e17.2 The rodent hepatocarcinogenic response to phthalate plasticizers: basic biology and human \u003cbr\u003eextrapolation\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eClaire Sadler, Ann-Marie Bergholm, Nicola Powles-Glover, and Ruth A Roberts\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e17.2.2 Gene expression and cancer toxicology \u003cbr\u003e17.2.2.1 Gene expression\u003cbr\u003e17.2.2.2 Cancer biology: some basic considerations \u003cbr\u003e17.2.2.3 Chemical carcinogenesis \u003cbr\u003e17.2.3 Peroxisome proliferators and rodent nongenotoxic hepatocarcinogenesis \u003cbr\u003e17.2.3.1 The peroxisome proliferators \u003cbr\u003e17.2.3.2 PPARa \u003cbr\u003e17.2.4 Species differences in response to PPS \u003cbr\u003e17.2.5 Chemical regulation \u003cbr\u003e17.2.6 Summary \u003cbr\u003e17.3 The influence of maternal nutrition on phthalate teratogenicity \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eJanet Y. Uriu-Adams and Carl L. Keen\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.3.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e17.3.2 Reproductive toxicity of BBP and DEHP\u003cbr\u003e17.3.3 Acute phase response-induced alterations in maternal and conceptus nutrient metabolism \u003cbr\u003e17.3.4 Concluding comments\u003cbr\u003e17.3.5 Acknowledgements \u003cbr\u003e17.4 Public health implications of phthalates: A review of findings from the U.S. National Toxicology Program's Expert Panel Reports\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eStephanie R. Miles-Richardson\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e17.4.2 Exposure to adults in the general population \u003cbr\u003e17.4.3 Exposure of vulnerable sub-populations \u003cbr\u003e17.4.4 Health effects of phthalate exposure \u003cbr\u003e17.4.5 US NTP expert panel conclusions\u003cbr\u003e17.4.6 Public health implications\u003cbr\u003e17.5 Plasticizers in the indoor environment \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eWerner Butte\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.5.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e17.5.2 Sources of indoor plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e17.5.3 Occurrence of plasticizers indoors \u003cbr\u003e17.5.4 Impact of plasticizers in the indoor environment \u003cbr\u003e17.5.5 Summary \u003cbr\u003eAddendum \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e18 THE ENVIRONMENTAL FATE OF PLASTICIZERS \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eWilliam R. Roy\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e18.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e18.1.1 Releases to the environment\u003cbr\u003e18.1.2 Levels in the environment\u003cbr\u003e18.2 Plasticizers in water\u003cbr\u003e18.2.1 Solubility \u003cbr\u003e18.2.2 Volatilization from water \u003cbr\u003e18.2.3 Abiotic degradation in water \u003cbr\u003e18.2.4 Biodegradation in water\u003cbr\u003e18.2.5 Adsorption from water\u003cbr\u003e18.3 Soil and sediment \u003cbr\u003e18.3.1 Volatilization \u003cbr\u003e18.3.2 Biodegradation in soil \u003cbr\u003e18.4 Organisms \u003cbr\u003e18.5 Air \u003cbr\u003eSummary and concluding remarks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e19 REGULATIONS AND DATA \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e19.1 Toxic substance control \u003cbr\u003e19.2. Carcinogenic effect\u003cbr\u003e19.3 Teratogenic and mutagenic effect \u003cbr\u003e19.4 Workplace exposure limits \u003cbr\u003e19.5 Exposure from consumer products \u003cbr\u003e19.6 Plasticizers in drinking water \u003cbr\u003e19.7 Food regulatory acts \u003cbr\u003e19.8 Medical and other applications \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e20 PERSONAL PROTECTION \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e20.1 Clothing \u003cbr\u003e20.2 Gloves \u003cbr\u003e20.3 Eye protection \u003cbr\u003e20.4 Respiratory protection\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e21 PLASTICIZER RECOVERY \u0026amp; RECYCLING \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eINDEX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 14 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st and 2nd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives, PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, The PVC Formulary (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education.","published_at":"2017-07-13T17:08:39-04:00","created_at":"2017-07-13T17:11:28-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2017","abiotic","adipates","adsorption","alkyl sulfonates","azelates","benzoates","biodegradation","book","chlorinated paraffins","citrates","coated fabrics","cosmetics","database","degradation","dental materials","electrical","electronics","energetic plasticizers","environment","epoxides","eye protection","fibers","film","flooring","foams","food","footwear","gaskets","gloves","inks","medical applications","membranes","p-additives","paints","pharmaceutical products","plasticisers","plasticizers additives","polymer","releases","solubility","varnishes","volatilization","water"],"price":35000,"price_min":35000,"price_max":35000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":45225353156,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Handbook of Plasticizers, 3rd Edition","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":35000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"deny","barcode":"978-1-895198-97-3","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-97-3.jpg?v=1503344003"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-97-3.jpg?v=1503344003","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":407379804253,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-97-3.jpg?v=1503344003"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-97-3.jpg?v=1503344003","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEditor: George Wypych \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-895198-97-3 (hard copy)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: March 2017 \u003cbr\u003ePages 858+xii\u003cbr\u003eTables 122, Figures 373\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis book contains a comprehensive review of information available in the open literature, such as published scientific papers, information from plasticizer manufacturers, and patent literature. The book contains information from the most recent sources and updated information from the previous editions. \u003cbr\u003eThe information available today permits to use plasticizers more effectively and to avoid certain plasticizers in applications where they may cause health or material durability problems. The source of raw materials used for the production of plasticizers is becoming one of the issues in the selection of plasticizers. The book contains information on plasticizers obtained from renewable resources. Plasticizer incorporation demands a broad background of information because plasticizers are now added to complex mixtures containing a variety of materials which may have different reactions to the presence of plasticizers. Plasticizer's choice is also not simple because there is a large selection of commercial plasticizers and various environmental issues dictating preferred solutions.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eBoth aspects considered indicate the need for a comprehensive source which, using currently available means of the computerized database should provide data and a broad background of theoretical information in the condensed form easy to search. \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eNumerical data on the most important plasticizers are provided in the tabular form of a printed book, entitled \u003cstrong\u003eDatabook of Plasticizers\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\nTwenty one chapters are included in Handbook of Plasticizers. Full Table of Contents is also available for review. Only some chapters are discussed here to add more information which may not be obvious from the table of contents.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eData are available for a large number of commercial plasticizers. This data is used in Chapter 2 to specify typical properties of plasticizers which belong to one of the thirty-one groups. The ranges of expected properties for a given group are also given.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eChapters 5, 6 and 7 contain new and historical approaches, which explain mechanisms of plasticizers action and their behavior in plasticized systems. This theoretical background helps to understand practical observations and provides guidance to the methods of material improvement. Chapter 9 shows plasticization steps and results of various analytical studies which help in understanding these steps and parameters which may control them.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eTwenty-eight sections of Chapter 10 discuss plasticizers’ effect on physical and mechanical properties of plasticized materials. These sections are essential for understanding the behavior of materials and principles of their formulation.\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 11 contains data on the use of plasticizers in 61 groups of polymers. The information is grouped under the following sections – Frequently used plasticizers, Practical concentrations, Main functions performed by plasticizers, Mechanism of plasticizer action, Effect of plasticizers on polymer and other additives and Typical formulations. Use of such consistent method of data presentation helps to find information quickly and to compare data from various sources and applications. \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eSimilar, Chapter 13 discusses the use of plasticizers in 33 groups of products according to a similar breakdown including Plasticizer types, Plasticizer concentration, Reasons for plasticizer use, Advantages and disadvantages of plasticizers use, Effect of plasticizers on product properties, and Examples of formulations. Both chapters make use of a large number of patents and information in open literature discussing the most current findings and trends.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eIn Chapter 14 attempts are being made to discuss the following topics: Effect of plasticizers on process conditions, Processing defects formation and elimination with use of plasticizers, Influence of rheological changes on the process, Equipment maintenance, and Energy consumption. This chapter discusses 15 methods of polymer and rubber processing.\u003cbr\u003eSeveral chapters which follow discuss various aspects of plasticizer effect on health, safety, and environment. Chapter 17 contains opinions of renowned experts on various aspects of plasticizers effect on health and safety. Chapter 18 contains information on plasticizers persistence in soil and water. Plasticizers releases and their presence in the environment are discussed for many important commercial plasticizers.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThis short review and the Table of Contents show that this book is the most comprehensive source of current information on plasticizers. Plasticizers are used in so many products that every library should have this reference source of information on plasticizers readily available for its readers. Especially considering that so many aspects of application plasticizers have recently changed that older books cannot provide right answers. This book should be used in conjunction with \u003cstrong\u003ePlasticizer Database\u003c\/strong\u003e and\/or \u003cstrong\u003eDatabook of Plasticizers\u003c\/strong\u003e which gives information on the present status and properties of industrial and research plasticizers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEditor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeorge Wypych studied chemical engineering and obtained Ph. D. in chemical engineering. The professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp;development. He has published 25 books (PVC Plastisols, University Press; Polyvinylchloride Degradation, Elsevier; Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, Elsevier; Polymer Modified Textile Materials, Wiley \u0026amp; Sons; Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th Edition, ChemTec Publishing; Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Edition, ChemTec Publishing; Recycling of PVC, ChemTec Publishing; Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, Plastics Design Library, Handbook of Solvents, 1st and 2nd Edition, ChemTec Publishing, Handbook of Plasticizers, 1st, 2nd, 3rd Edition, ChemTec Publishing, Handbook of Antistatics, 1st and 2nd Edition, ChemTec Publishing, Databook of Antistatics, 1st and 2nd Edition, ChemTec Publishing, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release and Slip Additives, 1st , 2nd and 3rd Edition, ChemTec Publishing, Industrial Solvents in Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology (two editions), John Wiley \u0026amp; Sons, PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, 1st and 2nd Editions, ChemTec Publishing, The PVC Formulary, 1st and 2nd Editions, ChemTec Publishing), Handbook of Material Biodegradation, Biodeterioration, and Biostabilization, 1st and 2nd Editions, ChemTec Publishing, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, 1st and 2nd Editions, ChemTec Publishing, Handbook of Polymers, 1st and 2nd Editions, ChemTec Publishing, Atlas of Material Damage, 1st and 2nd Editions, ChemTec Publishing, Handbook of Odors in Plastic Materials, 1st and 2nd Editions, ChemTec Publishing), Databook of Solvents, ChemTec Publishing, Databook of Blowing and Auxiliary Agents, ChemTec Publishing, Handbook of Foaming and Blowing Agents, ChemTec Publishing, Databook of Green Solvents, ChemTec Publishing, 2 databases (Solvents Database, 1st, 2nd, 3rd Edition and Database of Antistatics 1st and 2nd Edition, both by ChemTec Publishing), and 42 scientific papers and obtained 16 patents. He specializes in PVC, polymer additives, material durability and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition of services to education.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelated Publications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDatabook of Plasticizers\u003cbr\u003ePVC Degradation and Stabilization\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e1 \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003eINTRODUCTION \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Historical developments \u003cbr\u003e1.2 Expectations from plasticizers\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Definitions \u003cbr\u003e1.4 Classification\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 PLASTICIZER TYPES \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Characteristic properties of industrial plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Abietates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Adipates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Alkyl sulfonates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Amides and amines \u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Azelates\u003cbr\u003e2.2.6 Benzoates\u003cbr\u003e2.2.7 Bioplasticizers \u003cbr\u003e2.2.8 Biodegradable plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e2.2.9 Chlorinated paraffins \u003cbr\u003e2.2.10 Citrates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.11 Cycloxehane dicarboxylate \u003cbr\u003e2.2.12 Cyclohexane dicarboxylic acid, diisononyl ester \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eMax Kron \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.2.13 Energetic plasticizers\u003cbr\u003e2.2.14 Epoxides\u003cbr\u003e2.2.15 Esters of C10-30 dicarboxylic acids \u003cbr\u003e2.2.16 Ether-ester plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e2.2.17 Glutarates\u003cbr\u003e2.2.18 Hydrocarbon oils \u003cbr\u003e2.2.19 Isobutyrates\u003cbr\u003e2.2.20 Maleates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.21 Oleates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.22 Pentaerythritol derivatives \u003cbr\u003e2.2.23 Phosphates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.24 Phthalate-free plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e2.2.25 Phthalates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.26 Polymeric plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e2.2.27 Ricinoleates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.28 Sebacates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.29 Sulfonamides \u003cbr\u003e2.2.30 Superplasticizers and plasticizers for concrete\u003cbr\u003e2.2.31 Tri- and pyromellitates \u003cbr\u003e2.2.32 Other plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Methods of synthesis and their effect on properties of plasticizers\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Reactive plasticizers and internal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 TYPICAL METHODS OF QUALITY CONTROL OF PLASTICIZERS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Abbreviations, terminology, and vocabulary\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Acid number \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Aging studies \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Ash \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Brittleness temperature \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Brookfield viscosity \u003cbr\u003e3.7 Chemical resistance \u003cbr\u003e3.8 Color \u003cbr\u003e3.9 Compatibility \u003cbr\u003e3.10 Compression set \u003cbr\u003e3.11 Concrete additives \u003cbr\u003e3.12 Electrical properties \u003cbr\u003e3.13 Extractable matter \u003cbr\u003e3.14 Flash and fire point \u003cbr\u003e3.15 Fogging\u003cbr\u003e3.16 Fusion\u003cbr\u003e3.17 Gas chromatography\u003cbr\u003e3.18 Hardness \u003cbr\u003e3.19 Infrared analysis of plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e3.20 Kinematic viscosity \u003cbr\u003e3.21 Marking (classification) \u003cbr\u003e3.22 Melt rheology\u003cbr\u003e3.23 Migration \u003cbr\u003e3.24 Poly(vinyl chloride) – standard specification \u003cbr\u003e3.25 Powder-mix time\u003cbr\u003e3.26 Purity\u003cbr\u003e3.27 Refractive index\u003cbr\u003e3.28 Residual contamination \u003cbr\u003e3.29 Sampling \u003cbr\u003e3.30 Saponification value\u003cbr\u003e3.31 Saybolt viscosity\u003cbr\u003e3.32 Sorption of plasticizer\u003cbr\u003e3.33 Specific gravity \u003cbr\u003e3.34 Specification\u003cbr\u003e3.35 Staining \u003cbr\u003e3.36 Stiffness\u003cbr\u003e3.37 Tensile properties\u003cbr\u003e3.38 Thermal expansion coefficient \u003cbr\u003e3.39 Unsaponifiable contents \u003cbr\u003e3.40 Viscosity of plastisols and organosols \u003cbr\u003e3.41 Water concentration\u003cbr\u003e3.42 Weight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Transportation\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Storage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 MECHANISMS OF PLASTICIZERS ACTION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eA. Marcilla and M. Beltrán \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Classical theories \u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 The lubricity theory\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 The gel theory \u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Moorshead's empirical approach \u003cbr\u003e5.2 The free volume theory \u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Mathematical models\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6 \u003cstrong\u003eTHEORIES OF COMPATIBILITY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eValery Yu. Senichev and Vasiliy V. Tereshatov \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Compatibility concepts \u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 Thermodynamic treatment \u003cbr\u003e6.1.2 Interaction parameter\u003cbr\u003e6.1.3 Effect of chemical structure of plasticizers and matrix \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Solubility parameter and the cohesive energy density \u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Solubility parameter concept \u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Experimental evaluation of solubility parameters of plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Methods of experimental evaluation and calculation of solubility parameters of polymers \u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 The methods of calculation of solubility parameters \u003cbr\u003e6.2.5 Multi-dimensional approaches \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Methods of plasticizer selection based on principles of compatibility\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 How much plasticizer is necessary for a polymer composition? \u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Initial experimental estimation of compatibility \u003cbr\u003e6.3.3 Thermodynamic compatibility \u003cbr\u003e6.4 Practical approaches in using theory of compatibility for plasticizers selection \u003cbr\u003e6.5 Experimental data illustrating effect of compatibility on plasticized systems \u003cbr\u003e6.5.1 Influence of compatibility on the physical stability of the plasticized polymer\u003cbr\u003e6.5.2 Influence of compatibility on viscosity of the plasticized composition\u003cbr\u003e6.5.3 Influence of compatibility on mechanical properties and physical properties of plasticized polymer\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e7 PLASTICIZER MOTION AND DIFFUSION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Plasticizer diffusion rate and the methods of study\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Plasticizer motion and distribution in matrix \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Plasticizer migration\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Plasticizer distribution in materials in contact \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eVasiliy V Tereshatov and Valery Yu Senichev\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Antiplasticization \u003cbr\u003e7.6 Effect of diffusion and mobility of plasticizers on their\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8 EFFECT OF PLASTICIZERS ON OTHER COMPONENTS OF FORMULATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Plasticizer consumption by fillers \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Solubility of additives in plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e8.3 Additive molecular mobility and transport in the presence of plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e8.4 Effect of plasticizers on polymerization and curing reactions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9 PLASTICIZATION STEPS \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eA. Marcilla, J. C. García and M. Beltrán \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Plasticization steps\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Studies of plastisol's behavior during gelation and fusion \u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 Rheological characterization \u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 Studies by scanning electron microscopy \u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Study of polymer-plasticizer interactions by DSC \u003cbr\u003e9.2.4 Study of polymer-plasticizer interactions by SALS\u003cbr\u003e9.2.5 Study of polymer-plasticizer interactions by FTIR \u003cbr\u003e9.2.6 Study of polymer-plasticizer interactions by\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 EFFECT OF PLASTICIZERS ON PROPERTIES OF PLASTICIZED MATERIALS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Mechanical properties\u003cbr\u003e10.1.1 Tensile strength \u003cbr\u003e10.1.2 Elongation\u003cbr\u003e10.1.3 Hardness\u003cbr\u003e10.1.4 Toughness, stiffness, ductility, modulus \u003cbr\u003e10.1.5 Other mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003e10.2 Optical properties \u003cbr\u003e10.3 Spectral properties \u003cbr\u003e10.4 Gloss \u003cbr\u003e10.5 Sound \u003cbr\u003e10.6 Rheological properties \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eJuan Carlos Garcia, and Antonio Francisco Marcilla \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.6.1 Torque measurement in mixers \u003cbr\u003e10.6.2 Capillary viscometers \u003cbr\u003e10.6.3 Dynamic experiments \u003cbr\u003e10.6.4 Rheology of PVC plastisols \u003cbr\u003e10.7 Magnetorheological properties \u003cbr\u003e10.8 Electrical properties \u003cbr\u003e10.9 Influence of plasticizers on the glass transition temperature of polymers \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eValery Yu Senichev and Vasiliy V Tereshatov \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.10 Flammability and smoke formation in the presence of plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e10.11 Thermal degradation \u003cbr\u003e10.11.1 Thermal degradation of plasticizer \u003cbr\u003e10.11.2 Effect of polymer degradation products on plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e10.11.3 Effect of plasticizer degradation products on polymer degradation\u003cbr\u003e10.11.4 Loss of plasticizer from material due to the chemical decomposition reactions and evaporation \u003cbr\u003e10.11.5 Effect of plasticizers on the thermal degradation of material \u003cbr\u003e10.12 Effect of UV and ionized radiation on plasticized materials\u003cbr\u003e10.13 Hydrolysis \u003cbr\u003e10.14 Biodegradation in the presence of plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e10.15 Crystallization, structure, and orientation of macromolecules \u003cbr\u003e10.16 Morphology\u003cbr\u003e10.17 Plasticizer effect on contact with other materials \u003cbr\u003e10.18 Influence of plasticizers on swelling of crosslinked elastomers \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eVasiliy V. Tereshatov, Valery Yu. Senichev \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.18.1 Change of elastic properties of elastomers on swelling in liquids of different polarity \u003cbr\u003e10.18.2 Influence of swelling on viscoelastic properties of crosslinked amorphous elastomers\u003cbr\u003e10.18.3 Influence of swelling on tensile strength and critical strain of elastic materials \u003cbr\u003e10.19 The swelling of nano-heterogenous coatings in plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eVasiliy V.Tereshatov, Valery Yu. Senichev, Marina A. Makarova \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.20 Peculiarities of plasticization of polyurethanes by binary plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eVasiliy V. Tereshatov, Valery Yu. Senichev, Vladimir N. Strel'nikov, \u003cbr\u003eElsa N. Tereshatova, Marina A. Makarova\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.21 Stability of physico-mechanical properties of plasticized polyetherurethane in a humid medium\u003cbr\u003eM. A. Makarova, V. V. Tereshatov, A. I .Slobodinyuk, V. Yu. Senichev, Zh. A. Vnutskikh\u003cbr\u003e10.22 Fusible diurethane plasticizers for thermoplastic polyurethane composites\u003cbr\u003eV. V. Tereshatov, V. Yu. Senichev\u003cbr\u003e10.23 Determination of osmotic pressure of plasticizer in polymer\u003cbr\u003eV. V. Tereshatov, Zh. A. Vnutskikh, V. Yu. Senichev, A. I. Slobodinyuk\u003cbr\u003e10.24 Self-healing\u003cbr\u003e10.25 Shrinkage\u003cbr\u003e10.26 Soiling \u003cbr\u003e10.27 Free volume \u003cbr\u003e10.28 Effect of plasticizers on other properties\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e11 PLASTICIZERS USE AND SELECTION FOR SPECIFIC POLYMERS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11.1 ABS \u003cbr\u003e11.2 Acrylics \u003cbr\u003e11.3 Bromobutyl rubber \u003cbr\u003e11.4 Butyl terpolymer\u003cbr\u003e11.5 Cellulose acetate \u003cbr\u003e11.6 Cellulose butyrates and propionates \u003cbr\u003e11.7 Cellulose nitrate \u003cbr\u003e11.8 Chitosan\u003cbr\u003e11.9 Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride \u003cbr\u003e11.10 Chlorosulfonated polyethylene \u003cbr\u003e11.11 Copolymers \u003cbr\u003e11.12 Cyanoacrylates \u003cbr\u003e11.13 Ethylcellulose\u003cbr\u003e11.14 Ethylene-propylene-diene copolymer, EPDM \u003cbr\u003e11.15 Epoxy resin \u003cbr\u003e11.16 Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, EVA \u003cbr\u003e11.17 Ionomers \u003cbr\u003e11.18 Nitrile rubber\u003cbr\u003e11.19 Perfluoropolymers \u003cbr\u003e11.20 Polyacrylonitrile\u003cbr\u003e11.21 Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e11.22 Polyamine \u003cbr\u003e11.23 Polyaniline \u003cbr\u003e11.24 Polybutadiene\u003cbr\u003e11.25 Polybutylene \u003cbr\u003e11.26 Poly(butyl methacrylate)\u003cbr\u003e11.27 Polycarbonate \u003cbr\u003e11.28 Polyester \u003cbr\u003e11.29 Polyetherimide \u003cbr\u003e11.30 Polyethylacrylate \u003cbr\u003e11.31 Polyethylene \u003cbr\u003e11.32 Poly(ethylene oxide) \u003cbr\u003e11.33 Poly(3-hydroxybutyrate) \u003cbr\u003e11.34 Polyisobutylene\u003cbr\u003e11.35 Polyisoprene \u003cbr\u003e11.36 Polyimide \u003cbr\u003e11.37 Polylactide\u003cbr\u003e11.38 Polymethylmethacrylate \u003cbr\u003e11.39 Polypropylene \u003cbr\u003e11.40 Poly(propylene carbonate) \u003cbr\u003e11.41 Poly(N-vinylcarbazole) \u003cbr\u003e11.42 Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone) \u003cbr\u003e11.43 Poly(phenylene ether) \u003cbr\u003e11.44 Poly(phenylene sulfide) \u003cbr\u003e11.45 Polystyrene \u003cbr\u003e11.46 Polysulfide \u003cbr\u003e11.47 Polysulfone \u003cbr\u003e11.48 Polyurethanes\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eVasiliy Tereshatov V., Valery Senichev Yu., Elsa Tereshatova N., Marina Makarova A. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11.49 Polyvinylacetate\u003cbr\u003e11.50 Polyvinylalcohol \u003cbr\u003e11.51 Polyvinylbutyral \u003cbr\u003e11.52 Polyvinylchloride \u003cbr\u003e11.53 Polyvinyl fluoride \u003cbr\u003e11.54 Polyvinylidenefluoride \u003cbr\u003e11.55 Polyvinylidenechloride \u003cbr\u003e11.56 Proteins \u003cbr\u003e11.57 Rubber, natural\u003cbr\u003e11.58 Silicone\u003cbr\u003e11.59 Styrene-butadiene rubber \u003cbr\u003e11.60 Styrene-butadiene-styrene rubber \u003cbr\u003e11.61 Starch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 PLASTICIZERS IN POLYMER BLENDS \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12.1 Plasticizer partition between component polymers \u003cbr\u003e12.2 Interaction of plasticizers with blend components \u003cbr\u003e12.3 Effect of plasticizers on blend properties \u003cbr\u003e12.4 Blending to reduce or to replace plasticizers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e13 PLASTICIZERS IN VARIOUS INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e13.1 Adhesives and sealants \u003cbr\u003e13.2 Aerospace \u003cbr\u003e13.3 Agriculture \u003cbr\u003e13.4 Automotive applications \u003cbr\u003e13.5 Cementitious materials \u003cbr\u003e13.6 Coated fabrics \u003cbr\u003e13.7 Composites \u003cbr\u003e13.8 Cosmetics\u003cbr\u003e13.9 Cultural heritage\u003cbr\u003e13.10 Dental materials \u003cbr\u003e13.11 Electrical and electronics \u003cbr\u003e13.12 Fibers\u003cbr\u003e13.13 Film \u003cbr\u003e13.14 Food \u003cbr\u003e13.15 Flooring \u003cbr\u003e13.16 Foams\u003cbr\u003e13.17 Footwear \u003cbr\u003e13.18 Fuel cells \u003cbr\u003e13.19 Gaskets\u003cbr\u003e13.20 Household products \u003cbr\u003e13.21 Inks, varnishes, and lacquers \u003cbr\u003e13.22 Medical applications \u003cbr\u003e13.23 Membranes \u003cbr\u003e13.24 Microspheres \u003cbr\u003e13.25 Paints and coatings \u003cbr\u003e13.26 Pharmaceutical products \u003cbr\u003e13.27 Photographic materials\u003cbr\u003e13.28 Pipes \u003cbr\u003e13.29 Roofing materials \u003cbr\u003e13.30 Tires\u003cbr\u003e13.31 Toys \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eA. Marcilla, J.C. García, and M. Beltran \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e13.32 Tubing \u003cbr\u003e13.33 Wire and cable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e14 PLASTICIZERS IN VARIOUS PROCESSING METHODS \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e14.1 Blow molding \u003cbr\u003e14.2 Calendering \u003cbr\u003e14.3 Coil coating \u003cbr\u003e14.4 Compression molding \u003cbr\u003e14.5 Compounding (mixing) \u003cbr\u003e14.6 Dip coating \u003cbr\u003e14.7 Dry blending \u003cbr\u003e14.8 Extrusion \u003cbr\u003e14.9 Injection molding \u003cbr\u003e14.10 Polymer synthesis \u003cbr\u003e14.11 Rotational molding \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eM. Beltrán, J. C. Garcia, and A. Marcilla \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e14.12 Rubber processing \u003cbr\u003e14.13 Thermoforming \u003cbr\u003e14.14 Web coating \u003cbr\u003e14.15 Wire coating\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e15 SPECIALIZED ANALYTICAL METHODS IN PLASTICIZER TESTING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e15.1 Plasticizer identification \u003cbr\u003e15.2 Methods of determination of plasticizer concentration \u003cbr\u003e15.3 Determination of volatility, molecular motion, diffusion, and migration \u003cbr\u003e15.4 Methods of study of plasticized materials\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e16 MATHEMATICAL MODELLING IN APPLICATION TO PLASTICIZERS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e16.1 PVC-plasticizer interaction model \u003cbr\u003e16.2 Gas permeation\u003cbr\u003e16.3 Migration\u003cbr\u003e16.4 Dry-blending time \u003cbr\u003e16.5 Gelation and fusion \u003cbr\u003e16.6 Thermal decomposition\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e17 HEALTH AND SAFETY ISSUES WITH PLASTICIZERS AND PLASTICIZED MATERIALS \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.1 Adjuvant effect of plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eSøren Thor Larsen\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.1.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e17.1.2 Airway allergy\u003cbr\u003e17.1.3 Adjuvant effect \u003cbr\u003e17.1.4 Adjuvant effect of phthalate plasticizers? \u003cbr\u003e17.1.5 Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e17.2 The rodent hepatocarcinogenic response to phthalate plasticizers: basic biology and human \u003cbr\u003eextrapolation\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eClaire Sadler, Ann-Marie Bergholm, Nicola Powles-Glover, and Ruth A Roberts\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e17.2.2 Gene expression and cancer toxicology \u003cbr\u003e17.2.2.1 Gene expression\u003cbr\u003e17.2.2.2 Cancer biology: some basic considerations \u003cbr\u003e17.2.2.3 Chemical carcinogenesis \u003cbr\u003e17.2.3 Peroxisome proliferators and rodent nongenotoxic hepatocarcinogenesis \u003cbr\u003e17.2.3.1 The peroxisome proliferators \u003cbr\u003e17.2.3.2 PPARa \u003cbr\u003e17.2.4 Species differences in response to PPS \u003cbr\u003e17.2.5 Chemical regulation \u003cbr\u003e17.2.6 Summary \u003cbr\u003e17.3 The influence of maternal nutrition on phthalate teratogenicity \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eJanet Y. Uriu-Adams and Carl L. Keen\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.3.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e17.3.2 Reproductive toxicity of BBP and DEHP\u003cbr\u003e17.3.3 Acute phase response-induced alterations in maternal and conceptus nutrient metabolism \u003cbr\u003e17.3.4 Concluding comments\u003cbr\u003e17.3.5 Acknowledgements \u003cbr\u003e17.4 Public health implications of phthalates: A review of findings from the U.S. National Toxicology Program's Expert Panel Reports\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eStephanie R. Miles-Richardson\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e17.4.2 Exposure to adults in the general population \u003cbr\u003e17.4.3 Exposure of vulnerable sub-populations \u003cbr\u003e17.4.4 Health effects of phthalate exposure \u003cbr\u003e17.4.5 US NTP expert panel conclusions\u003cbr\u003e17.4.6 Public health implications\u003cbr\u003e17.5 Plasticizers in the indoor environment \u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eWerner Butte\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17.5.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e17.5.2 Sources of indoor plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e17.5.3 Occurrence of plasticizers indoors \u003cbr\u003e17.5.4 Impact of plasticizers in the indoor environment \u003cbr\u003e17.5.5 Summary \u003cbr\u003eAddendum \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e18 THE ENVIRONMENTAL FATE OF PLASTICIZERS \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cem\u003eWilliam R. Roy\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e18.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e18.1.1 Releases to the environment\u003cbr\u003e18.1.2 Levels in the environment\u003cbr\u003e18.2 Plasticizers in water\u003cbr\u003e18.2.1 Solubility \u003cbr\u003e18.2.2 Volatilization from water \u003cbr\u003e18.2.3 Abiotic degradation in water \u003cbr\u003e18.2.4 Biodegradation in water\u003cbr\u003e18.2.5 Adsorption from water\u003cbr\u003e18.3 Soil and sediment \u003cbr\u003e18.3.1 Volatilization \u003cbr\u003e18.3.2 Biodegradation in soil \u003cbr\u003e18.4 Organisms \u003cbr\u003e18.5 Air \u003cbr\u003eSummary and concluding remarks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e19 REGULATIONS AND DATA \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e19.1 Toxic substance control \u003cbr\u003e19.2. Carcinogenic effect\u003cbr\u003e19.3 Teratogenic and mutagenic effect \u003cbr\u003e19.4 Workplace exposure limits \u003cbr\u003e19.5 Exposure from consumer products \u003cbr\u003e19.6 Plasticizers in drinking water \u003cbr\u003e19.7 Food regulatory acts \u003cbr\u003e19.8 Medical and other applications \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e20 PERSONAL PROTECTION \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e20.1 Clothing \u003cbr\u003e20.2 Gloves \u003cbr\u003e20.3 Eye protection \u003cbr\u003e20.4 Respiratory protection\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e21 PLASTICIZER RECOVERY \u0026amp; RECYCLING \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eINDEX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 14 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st and 2nd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives, PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, The PVC Formulary (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education."}
Description Author: George Wypych ISBN 978-1-895198-98-0 (hard copy) Published: Apr. 2017 Pages: 252 + viiiFigures: 61Tables: 25 Summary It is the first book ever written on this important subject. The second edition contains the most recent data and information developed for this important field. The odor of product may decide whether a product is purchased...
$295.00
in stock
{"id":11427268036,"title":"Handbook of Odors in Plastic Materials, 2nd Ed.","handle":"handbook-of-odors-in-plastic-materials-2nd-ed","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAuthor: George Wypych \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-895198-98-0 (hard copy) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: Apr. 2017 \u003cbr\u003ePages: 252 + viii\u003cbr\u003eFigures: 61\u003cbr\u003eTables: 25\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the first book ever written on this important subject. The second edition contains the most recent data and information developed for this important field. The odor of product may decide whether a product is purchased by the customer or not. Odor can also be an important reason for customer complaints and product returns. In scented products retention of volatile components is of particular interest. Many leading companies have recognized this as an opportunity and they actively study and modify odors of their products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeveral reasons are behind formation of odors in plastic materials, including \u003cbr\u003e1. Properties of polymer\u003cbr\u003e2. Use of other materials than polymer, especially materials required in processing (additives)\u003cbr\u003e3. Process parameters and their effect on severity of degradation of components of formulation\u003cbr\u003e4. Exposure to different forms of radiation and oxygen\u003cbr\u003e5. Recycling of polymeric materials\u003cbr\u003e6. Contact with other products\u003cbr\u003e7. Storage\u003cbr\u003ea. Diffusion-related properties\u003cbr\u003eb. Migration-evaporation\u003cbr\u003ec. Storage in the same space\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe above reasons are analyzed for different materials to find out the best methods to prevent unwanted odor formation. Three chapters are devoted to the analysis of odor-related matters in different polymers, products, and methods of processing. Almost forty polymers and forty-two product groups are analyzed based on research publications and patents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther important chapters discuss the mechanism of odor formation and its transport within a material, distinctive odors found in plastic materials, taste, and fogging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe book also contains information on testing of odor changes, a relationship between odor and toxicity, as well as a selection of raw materials for fog-free products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe book also contains information on 17 methods of odor removal (the list of these methods is included in Table of Contents below).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe last three chapters discuss regulations related to odor in products, effects of odors on health and safety, and effect of odors from plastic materials on indoor air quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandbook of Odors in Plastic Materials is needed by anyone interested in plastic materials. The book contains complete information based on hard to find source publications and numerous patents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2 Mechanisms of odor formation and its transport\u003cbr\u003e3 Distinctive odors\u003cbr\u003e4 Taste \u003cbr\u003e5 Fogging \u003cbr\u003e6 Reasons odor formation in plastic materials\u003cbr\u003e7 Methods of testing in odor analysis\u003cbr\u003e8 Odor in relation to different polymers\u003cbr\u003e9 Odor in various products\u003cbr\u003e10 Effect of processing method\u003cbr\u003e11 Methods of odor removal\u003cbr\u003e12 Regulations \u003cbr\u003e13 Health and safety \u003cbr\u003e14 Indoor air quality\u003c\/p\u003e\nIndex\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 14 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st and 2nd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives, PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, The PVC Formulary (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education.","published_at":"2017-07-13T17:05:02-04:00","created_at":"2017-07-13T17:06:44-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2017","book","environment","formation odor","general","plastic odor","plastics","storage","testning methods"],"price":29500,"price_min":29500,"price_max":29500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":45224836164,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Handbook of Odors in Plastic Materials, 2nd Ed.","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":29500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"deny","barcode":"978-1-895198-98-0","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-98-0.jpg?v=1499980065"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-98-0.jpg?v=1499980065","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":362549739613,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-98-0.jpg?v=1499980065"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-98-0.jpg?v=1499980065","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAuthor: George Wypych \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-895198-98-0 (hard copy) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: Apr. 2017 \u003cbr\u003ePages: 252 + viii\u003cbr\u003eFigures: 61\u003cbr\u003eTables: 25\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the first book ever written on this important subject. The second edition contains the most recent data and information developed for this important field. The odor of product may decide whether a product is purchased by the customer or not. Odor can also be an important reason for customer complaints and product returns. In scented products retention of volatile components is of particular interest. Many leading companies have recognized this as an opportunity and they actively study and modify odors of their products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeveral reasons are behind formation of odors in plastic materials, including \u003cbr\u003e1. Properties of polymer\u003cbr\u003e2. Use of other materials than polymer, especially materials required in processing (additives)\u003cbr\u003e3. Process parameters and their effect on severity of degradation of components of formulation\u003cbr\u003e4. Exposure to different forms of radiation and oxygen\u003cbr\u003e5. Recycling of polymeric materials\u003cbr\u003e6. Contact with other products\u003cbr\u003e7. Storage\u003cbr\u003ea. Diffusion-related properties\u003cbr\u003eb. Migration-evaporation\u003cbr\u003ec. Storage in the same space\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe above reasons are analyzed for different materials to find out the best methods to prevent unwanted odor formation. Three chapters are devoted to the analysis of odor-related matters in different polymers, products, and methods of processing. Almost forty polymers and forty-two product groups are analyzed based on research publications and patents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther important chapters discuss the mechanism of odor formation and its transport within a material, distinctive odors found in plastic materials, taste, and fogging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe book also contains information on testing of odor changes, a relationship between odor and toxicity, as well as a selection of raw materials for fog-free products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe book also contains information on 17 methods of odor removal (the list of these methods is included in Table of Contents below).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe last three chapters discuss regulations related to odor in products, effects of odors on health and safety, and effect of odors from plastic materials on indoor air quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandbook of Odors in Plastic Materials is needed by anyone interested in plastic materials. The book contains complete information based on hard to find source publications and numerous patents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2 Mechanisms of odor formation and its transport\u003cbr\u003e3 Distinctive odors\u003cbr\u003e4 Taste \u003cbr\u003e5 Fogging \u003cbr\u003e6 Reasons odor formation in plastic materials\u003cbr\u003e7 Methods of testing in odor analysis\u003cbr\u003e8 Odor in relation to different polymers\u003cbr\u003e9 Odor in various products\u003cbr\u003e10 Effect of processing method\u003cbr\u003e11 Methods of odor removal\u003cbr\u003e12 Regulations \u003cbr\u003e13 Health and safety \u003cbr\u003e14 Indoor air quality\u003c\/p\u003e\nIndex\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 14 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st and 2nd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives, PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, The PVC Formulary (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education."}
Description Author: George Wypych ISBN 978-1-895198-99-7 (hard copy) Published: 2017Pages 250+viiiTables 38Figures 145 Summary Foaming processes can be controlled by many parameters, including type, amount of foaming agent, additives, saturation pressure, desorption time, die pressure, die temperature, feed ratio, gas contents, its flow rate and injection location, internal pressure after foaming, mold pressure, mold...
$285.00
in stock
{"id":11427190148,"title":"Handbook of Foaming and Blowing Agents","handle":"handbook-of-foaming-and-blowing-agents","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthor: George Wypych\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eISBN 978-1-895198-99-7 (hard copy)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2017\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages 250+viii\u003cbr\u003eTables 38\u003cbr\u003eFigures 145\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFoaming processes can be controlled by many parameters, including type, amount of foaming agent, additives, saturation pressure, desorption time, die pressure, die temperature, feed ratio, gas contents, its flow rate and injection location, internal pressure after foaming, mold pressure, mold temperature, viscosity of composition under processing conditions, surface tension, time-temperature regime, and many other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe selection of formulation depends on mechanisms of action of blowing agents and foaming mechanisms, as well as dispersion and solubility of foaming agents and foam stabilization requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis book contains information on foaming technology which has been discussed in fourteen chapters each devoted to a different aspect of the foaming process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProperties of 23 groups of blowing agents have been discussed in Chapter 2. In the tabulated form, the typical range of technical performance is given for each group of foaming agents, including general properties, physical-chemical properties, health and safety, environmental impact, and application in different products and polymers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 3 discusses mechanisms of foaming with the use of solid blowing agents which are decomposed to the gaseous products by application of heat, production of gaseous products by chemical reaction, and foaming by gasses and evaporating liquids. All information is illustrated by diagrams placed close to the text of discussion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDispersion of solid foaming agents and solubility of liquid and gaseous products is a subject of Chapter 4 with special emphasis on uniformity of foam produced and parameters of the foaming process. Evaluation of importance of parameters of foaming, included in chapter 5, contains influence of the amount of blowing agent, clamping pressure, delay time, desorption time, die pressure, die temperature, gas content, gas flow rate, gas injection location, gas sorption and desorption rates, internal pressure after foaming, mold pressure, mold temperature, operational window, plastisol viscosity, saturation pressure, saturation temperature, screw revolution speed, surface tension, time, temperature, and void volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFoam stabilization methods for different blowing agents are included in Chapter 6. These methods help to obtain uniform structure of a foam and reinforce cell walls. Seven different foam efficiency measures are presented in Chapter 7. Morphology of foams is discussed in Chapter 8, including production of bimodal foams, cell density, cell morphology, cell size, cell wall thickness, closed and open cell formation and frequency, core and skin thickness, and morphological features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduction of foam by different methods of plastic processing, such as blown film extrusion, calendering, clay exfoliation in production of reinforced composites, compression molding, depressurization, extrusion, free foaming, injection molding, microwave heating, rotational molding, solid-state foaming, supercritical fluid-laden pellet injection molding foaming, thermoforming, UV laser, vacuum drying, and wire coating are discussed in Chapter 9.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelection of foaming agents, their quantity and technology of processing for 44 polymers are included in Chapter 10. Chapter 11 discusses the influence of 15 groups of additives on the foaming outcome. Chapter 12 gives information on the effect of foaming on 24 parameters of physical-mechanical properties of foams, setting the standard of achievable performance. Some important and exclusive analytical techniques useful in foaming are discussed in Chapter 13. In the last chapter, health and safety and environmental impacts of foaming processes are discussed.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThis book has also companion \u003cstrong\u003eDatabook of Blowing and Auxiliary Agents\u003c\/strong\u003e which contains data for these diverse chemical components of formulations of foamed materials and reveals their roles in foaming processes. There is no information which is repeated in both books. They do complement each other giving reader comprehensive information on the subject never published before with such a breadth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2 Chemical origin of blowing agents\u003cbr\u003e3 Mechanisms of action of blowing agents\u003cbr\u003e4 Dispersion and solubility of foaming agents\u003cbr\u003e5 Parameters of foaming\u003cbr\u003e6 Foam stabilization\u003cbr\u003e7 Foaming efficiency measures\u003cbr\u003e8 Morphology of foams\u003cbr\u003e9 Foaming in different processing methods\u003cbr\u003e10 Selection of blowing agents for different polymers\u003cbr\u003e11 Additives\u003cbr\u003e12 Effect of foaming on physical-mechanical properties of foams\u003cbr\u003e13 Analytical techniques useful in foaming\u003cbr\u003e14 Health and safety and environmental impact of foaming processes\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 14 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st and 2nd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives, PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, The PVC Formulary (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education.","published_at":"2017-07-13T16:58:01-04:00","created_at":"2017-07-13T16:58:49-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2017","additive","blowing","book","expansion","foam","foaming","kicker","polymer","rubber","technology"],"price":28500,"price_min":28500,"price_max":28500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":45224136068,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Handbook of Foaming and Blowing Agents","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":28500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"deny","barcode":"978-1-895198-99-7","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-99-7.jpg?v=1499979724"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-99-7.jpg?v=1499979724","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":362540400733,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-99-7.jpg?v=1499979724"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-895198-99-7.jpg?v=1499979724","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthor: George Wypych\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eISBN 978-1-895198-99-7 (hard copy)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2017\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages 250+viii\u003cbr\u003eTables 38\u003cbr\u003eFigures 145\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFoaming processes can be controlled by many parameters, including type, amount of foaming agent, additives, saturation pressure, desorption time, die pressure, die temperature, feed ratio, gas contents, its flow rate and injection location, internal pressure after foaming, mold pressure, mold temperature, viscosity of composition under processing conditions, surface tension, time-temperature regime, and many other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe selection of formulation depends on mechanisms of action of blowing agents and foaming mechanisms, as well as dispersion and solubility of foaming agents and foam stabilization requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis book contains information on foaming technology which has been discussed in fourteen chapters each devoted to a different aspect of the foaming process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProperties of 23 groups of blowing agents have been discussed in Chapter 2. In the tabulated form, the typical range of technical performance is given for each group of foaming agents, including general properties, physical-chemical properties, health and safety, environmental impact, and application in different products and polymers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 3 discusses mechanisms of foaming with the use of solid blowing agents which are decomposed to the gaseous products by application of heat, production of gaseous products by chemical reaction, and foaming by gasses and evaporating liquids. All information is illustrated by diagrams placed close to the text of discussion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDispersion of solid foaming agents and solubility of liquid and gaseous products is a subject of Chapter 4 with special emphasis on uniformity of foam produced and parameters of the foaming process. Evaluation of importance of parameters of foaming, included in chapter 5, contains influence of the amount of blowing agent, clamping pressure, delay time, desorption time, die pressure, die temperature, gas content, gas flow rate, gas injection location, gas sorption and desorption rates, internal pressure after foaming, mold pressure, mold temperature, operational window, plastisol viscosity, saturation pressure, saturation temperature, screw revolution speed, surface tension, time, temperature, and void volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFoam stabilization methods for different blowing agents are included in Chapter 6. These methods help to obtain uniform structure of a foam and reinforce cell walls. Seven different foam efficiency measures are presented in Chapter 7. Morphology of foams is discussed in Chapter 8, including production of bimodal foams, cell density, cell morphology, cell size, cell wall thickness, closed and open cell formation and frequency, core and skin thickness, and morphological features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduction of foam by different methods of plastic processing, such as blown film extrusion, calendering, clay exfoliation in production of reinforced composites, compression molding, depressurization, extrusion, free foaming, injection molding, microwave heating, rotational molding, solid-state foaming, supercritical fluid-laden pellet injection molding foaming, thermoforming, UV laser, vacuum drying, and wire coating are discussed in Chapter 9.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelection of foaming agents, their quantity and technology of processing for 44 polymers are included in Chapter 10. Chapter 11 discusses the influence of 15 groups of additives on the foaming outcome. Chapter 12 gives information on the effect of foaming on 24 parameters of physical-mechanical properties of foams, setting the standard of achievable performance. Some important and exclusive analytical techniques useful in foaming are discussed in Chapter 13. In the last chapter, health and safety and environmental impacts of foaming processes are discussed.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThis book has also companion \u003cstrong\u003eDatabook of Blowing and Auxiliary Agents\u003c\/strong\u003e which contains data for these diverse chemical components of formulations of foamed materials and reveals their roles in foaming processes. There is no information which is repeated in both books. They do complement each other giving reader comprehensive information on the subject never published before with such a breadth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2 Chemical origin of blowing agents\u003cbr\u003e3 Mechanisms of action of blowing agents\u003cbr\u003e4 Dispersion and solubility of foaming agents\u003cbr\u003e5 Parameters of foaming\u003cbr\u003e6 Foam stabilization\u003cbr\u003e7 Foaming efficiency measures\u003cbr\u003e8 Morphology of foams\u003cbr\u003e9 Foaming in different processing methods\u003cbr\u003e10 Selection of blowing agents for different polymers\u003cbr\u003e11 Additives\u003cbr\u003e12 Effect of foaming on physical-mechanical properties of foams\u003cbr\u003e13 Analytical techniques useful in foaming\u003cbr\u003e14 Health and safety and environmental impact of foaming processes\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 14 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st and 2nd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives, PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, The PVC Formulary (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education."}
Description Author: George WypychISBN 978-1-927885-23-9 Published: 2017 Pages: 256 + vi Figures: 203 Summary Self-healing phenomenon, adapted from living things, was for a long time an interesting topic of discussion on the potential improvements of human-made products, but for quite a while it became applicable reality useful in many manufactured product. The book has three major...
$285.00
in stock
{"id":11340962436,"title":"Self-healing Materials. Principles \u0026 Technology","handle":"978-1-927885-23-9","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych\u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-23-9 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2017 \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages: 256 + vi Figures: 203\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSelf-healing phenomenon, adapted from living things, was for a long time an interesting topic of discussion on the potential improvements of human-made products, but for quite a while it became applicable reality useful in many manufactured product. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe book has three major sections organized in fifteen chapters. The first section contains chapter which discusses the well-established mechanisms of self-healing which can be potentially applied in the development of new materials that have an ability to repair themselves without or with minimal human intervention. All theoretical background required and known to-date to understand these principles is included in this section. The full chapter on chemical and physical changes which occur during self-healing are also discussed and it belongs to this section. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe second part of this book compares parameters of different self-healing technological processes. The process parameters discussed include fault detection mechanisms, methods of triggering and tuning of the healing processes, activation energy of self-healing processes, the means and methods of delivery of the healing substances to the defect location, self-healing timescale (rate of self-healing), and the extent of self-healing (healing efficiency, recovery of properties, etc.). Each of these topics is discussed in a separate chapter.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe third part is devoted to the mathematical modeling of the processes of self-healing (molecular dynamics simulation), the morphology of healed areas, and the discussion of application the most important analytical techniques to the evaluation of the self-healing process.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe final section of the book includes practical advice on the selection of additives for self-healing formulation, methods of self-healing of different polymers and application of self-healing technology in different groups of the products. This part is based on the practical knowledge, the existing patents, the published paper, and the practical application notes. Thirty polymers and twenty-seven groups of products are selected for this discussion based on their frequency of application of the technology of self-healing.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe expected audience for this book includes people working in the industries listed in chapter 15 and on the polymers listed in chapter 14 (see the table of contents below), university professors and students, those working on the reduction of wastes and recycling, and all environmental protection agencies. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Introduction. Lessons from Living Things \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 Mechanisms of Self-healing \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Autonomic \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Click chemistry \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Crosslinking \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Hydrogen bonding \u003cbr\u003e2.5 Luminescence \u003cbr\u003e2.6 Morphological features and organization \u003cbr\u003e2.7 Shape memory \u003cbr\u003e2.8 Thermal healing \u003cbr\u003e2.9 UV \u003cbr\u003e2.10 Water \u003cbr\u003e2.11 Other mechanisms \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 Chemical and Physical Processes Occurring During Self-healing of Polymers \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Chemical reactions \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Compositional changes \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Physical processes \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Self-assembly \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Fault Detection Mechanisms \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Triggering and Tuning the Healing Processes \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Activation Energy of Self-healing \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 Means of Delivery of Healant to the Defect Location \u003cbr\u003e7.1 Autonomous \u003cbr\u003e7.2 Capsule and vascular carriers \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Environmental conditions \u003cbr\u003e7.4 Liquid flow \u003cbr\u003e7.5 Magnetic force \u003cbr\u003e7.6 Manual injection\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8 Self-healing Timescale \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9 Self-healing Extent \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10 Molecular Dynamics Simulation \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11 Morphology of Healing \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12 Selected Experimental Methods in Evaluation of Self-healing Efficiency \u003cbr\u003e12.1 X-ray computed tomography \u003cbr\u003e12.2 Raman correlation spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e12.3 Raman spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e12.4 Impedance spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e12.5 Water permeability \u003cbr\u003e12.6 Surface energy \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e13 Additives and Chemical Structures Used in Self-healing Technology \u003cbr\u003e13.1 Polymers \u003cbr\u003e13.1.1 Urea-formaldehyde resin \u003cbr\u003e13.1.2 Polydimethylsiloxane \u003cbr\u003e13.1.3 Ureidopyrimidinone derivatives \u003cbr\u003e13.1.4 Epoxy resins \u003cbr\u003e13.1.5 Polyaniline \u003cbr\u003e13.1.6 Polyurethane \u003cbr\u003e13.2 Capsule-based materials \u003cbr\u003e13.3 Catalysts \u003cbr\u003e13.4 Chemical structures \u003cbr\u003e13.5 Coupling agents \u003cbr\u003e13.6 Crosslinkers \u003cbr\u003e13.7 Fibers \u003cbr\u003e13.8 Magneto-responsive components \u003cbr\u003e13.9 Metal complexes \u003cbr\u003e13.10 Nanoparticles \u003cbr\u003e13.11 Plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e13.12 Solvents \u003cbr\u003e13.13 Vascular self-healing materials \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e14 Self-healing of Different Polymers \u003cbr\u003e14.1 Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene \u003cbr\u003e14.2 Acrylic resin \u003cbr\u003e14.3 Alkyd resin \u003cbr\u003e14.4 Cellulose and its derivatives \u003cbr\u003e14.5 Chitosan \u003cbr\u003e14.6 Cyclodextrin \u003cbr\u003e14.7 Epoxy resin \u003cbr\u003e14.8 Ethylene-vinyl acetate \u003cbr\u003e14.9 Natural rubber \u003cbr\u003e14.10 Polybutadiene \u003cbr\u003e14.11 Poly(butyl acrylate) \u003cbr\u003e14.12 Polycyclooctene \u003cbr\u003e14.13 Poly(ε-caprolactone) \u003cbr\u003e14.14 Polydimethylsiloxane \u003cbr\u003e14.15 Poly(ethylene-co-methacrylic acid) \u003cbr\u003e14.16 Polyethylene \u003cbr\u003e14.17 Poly(2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) \u003cbr\u003e14.18 Polyimide \u003cbr\u003e14.19 Polyisobutylene \u003cbr\u003e14.20 Poly(lactic acid) \u003cbr\u003e14.21 Polymethylmethacrylate \u003cbr\u003e14.22 Poly(phenylene oxide) \u003cbr\u003e14.23 Polyphosphazene \u003cbr\u003e14.24 Polypropylene \u003cbr\u003e14.25 Polystyrene \u003cbr\u003e14.26 Polysulfide \u003cbr\u003e14.27 Polyurethanes \u003cbr\u003e14.28 Poly(vinyl alcohol) \u003cbr\u003e14.29 Poly(vinyl butyral) \u003cbr\u003e14.30 Poly(vinylidene difluoride) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e15 Self-healing in Different Products \u003cbr\u003e15.1 Adhesives \u003cbr\u003e15.2 Aerospace \u003cbr\u003e15.3 Asphalt pavement \u003cbr\u003e15.4 Automotive \u003cbr\u003e15.5 Cementitious materials \u003cbr\u003e15.6 Ceramic materials \u003cbr\u003e15.7 Coatings \u003cbr\u003e15.8 Composites \u003cbr\u003e15.9 Corrosion prevention \u003cbr\u003e15.10 Dental \u003cbr\u003e15.11 Electrical insulation \u003cbr\u003e15.12 Electronics \u003cbr\u003e15.13 Fabrics \u003cbr\u003e15.14 Fibers \u003cbr\u003e15.15 Film \u003cbr\u003e15.16 Foam \u003cbr\u003e15.17 Hydrogels \u003cbr\u003e15.18 Laminates \u003cbr\u003e15.19 Lubricating oils \u003cbr\u003e15.20 Medical devices \u003cbr\u003e15.21 Membranes \u003cbr\u003e15.22 Mortars \u003cbr\u003e15.23 Pipes \u003cbr\u003e15.24 Sealants \u003cbr\u003e15.25 Solar cells \u003cbr\u003e15.26 Thermal barrier coatings \u003cbr\u003e15.27 Tires \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndex \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 17 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives (1st and 2nd Editions), PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, PVC Formulary, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, Handbook of Biodeterioration, Biodegradation and Biostabilization, and Handbook of Polymers (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability, and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:02-04:00","created_at":"2017-07-03T21:04:01-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2017","additives","book","healant","material","plastics","polymer","polymers","recovery","rubber","self-healing","self-repair"],"price":28500,"price_min":28500,"price_max":28500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":44391632260,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Self-healing Materials. Principles \u0026 Technology","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":28500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-927885-23-9","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-23-9.jpg?v=1499132570"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-23-9.jpg?v=1499132570","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":353498071133,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-23-9.jpg?v=1499132570"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-927885-23-9.jpg?v=1499132570","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: George Wypych\u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-927885-23-9 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2017 \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages: 256 + vi Figures: 203\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSelf-healing phenomenon, adapted from living things, was for a long time an interesting topic of discussion on the potential improvements of human-made products, but for quite a while it became applicable reality useful in many manufactured product. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe book has three major sections organized in fifteen chapters. The first section contains chapter which discusses the well-established mechanisms of self-healing which can be potentially applied in the development of new materials that have an ability to repair themselves without or with minimal human intervention. All theoretical background required and known to-date to understand these principles is included in this section. The full chapter on chemical and physical changes which occur during self-healing are also discussed and it belongs to this section. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe second part of this book compares parameters of different self-healing technological processes. The process parameters discussed include fault detection mechanisms, methods of triggering and tuning of the healing processes, activation energy of self-healing processes, the means and methods of delivery of the healing substances to the defect location, self-healing timescale (rate of self-healing), and the extent of self-healing (healing efficiency, recovery of properties, etc.). Each of these topics is discussed in a separate chapter.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe third part is devoted to the mathematical modeling of the processes of self-healing (molecular dynamics simulation), the morphology of healed areas, and the discussion of application the most important analytical techniques to the evaluation of the self-healing process.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe final section of the book includes practical advice on the selection of additives for self-healing formulation, methods of self-healing of different polymers and application of self-healing technology in different groups of the products. This part is based on the practical knowledge, the existing patents, the published paper, and the practical application notes. Thirty polymers and twenty-seven groups of products are selected for this discussion based on their frequency of application of the technology of self-healing.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe expected audience for this book includes people working in the industries listed in chapter 15 and on the polymers listed in chapter 14 (see the table of contents below), university professors and students, those working on the reduction of wastes and recycling, and all environmental protection agencies. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Introduction. Lessons from Living Things \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 Mechanisms of Self-healing \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Autonomic \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Click chemistry \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Crosslinking \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Hydrogen bonding \u003cbr\u003e2.5 Luminescence \u003cbr\u003e2.6 Morphological features and organization \u003cbr\u003e2.7 Shape memory \u003cbr\u003e2.8 Thermal healing \u003cbr\u003e2.9 UV \u003cbr\u003e2.10 Water \u003cbr\u003e2.11 Other mechanisms \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 Chemical and Physical Processes Occurring During Self-healing of Polymers \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Chemical reactions \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Compositional changes \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Physical processes \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Self-assembly \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Fault Detection Mechanisms \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Triggering and Tuning the Healing Processes \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Activation Energy of Self-healing \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 Means of Delivery of Healant to the Defect Location \u003cbr\u003e7.1 Autonomous \u003cbr\u003e7.2 Capsule and vascular carriers \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Environmental conditions \u003cbr\u003e7.4 Liquid flow \u003cbr\u003e7.5 Magnetic force \u003cbr\u003e7.6 Manual injection\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8 Self-healing Timescale \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9 Self-healing Extent \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10 Molecular Dynamics Simulation \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11 Morphology of Healing \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12 Selected Experimental Methods in Evaluation of Self-healing Efficiency \u003cbr\u003e12.1 X-ray computed tomography \u003cbr\u003e12.2 Raman correlation spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e12.3 Raman spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e12.4 Impedance spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e12.5 Water permeability \u003cbr\u003e12.6 Surface energy \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e13 Additives and Chemical Structures Used in Self-healing Technology \u003cbr\u003e13.1 Polymers \u003cbr\u003e13.1.1 Urea-formaldehyde resin \u003cbr\u003e13.1.2 Polydimethylsiloxane \u003cbr\u003e13.1.3 Ureidopyrimidinone derivatives \u003cbr\u003e13.1.4 Epoxy resins \u003cbr\u003e13.1.5 Polyaniline \u003cbr\u003e13.1.6 Polyurethane \u003cbr\u003e13.2 Capsule-based materials \u003cbr\u003e13.3 Catalysts \u003cbr\u003e13.4 Chemical structures \u003cbr\u003e13.5 Coupling agents \u003cbr\u003e13.6 Crosslinkers \u003cbr\u003e13.7 Fibers \u003cbr\u003e13.8 Magneto-responsive components \u003cbr\u003e13.9 Metal complexes \u003cbr\u003e13.10 Nanoparticles \u003cbr\u003e13.11 Plasticizers \u003cbr\u003e13.12 Solvents \u003cbr\u003e13.13 Vascular self-healing materials \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e14 Self-healing of Different Polymers \u003cbr\u003e14.1 Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene \u003cbr\u003e14.2 Acrylic resin \u003cbr\u003e14.3 Alkyd resin \u003cbr\u003e14.4 Cellulose and its derivatives \u003cbr\u003e14.5 Chitosan \u003cbr\u003e14.6 Cyclodextrin \u003cbr\u003e14.7 Epoxy resin \u003cbr\u003e14.8 Ethylene-vinyl acetate \u003cbr\u003e14.9 Natural rubber \u003cbr\u003e14.10 Polybutadiene \u003cbr\u003e14.11 Poly(butyl acrylate) \u003cbr\u003e14.12 Polycyclooctene \u003cbr\u003e14.13 Poly(ε-caprolactone) \u003cbr\u003e14.14 Polydimethylsiloxane \u003cbr\u003e14.15 Poly(ethylene-co-methacrylic acid) \u003cbr\u003e14.16 Polyethylene \u003cbr\u003e14.17 Poly(2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) \u003cbr\u003e14.18 Polyimide \u003cbr\u003e14.19 Polyisobutylene \u003cbr\u003e14.20 Poly(lactic acid) \u003cbr\u003e14.21 Polymethylmethacrylate \u003cbr\u003e14.22 Poly(phenylene oxide) \u003cbr\u003e14.23 Polyphosphazene \u003cbr\u003e14.24 Polypropylene \u003cbr\u003e14.25 Polystyrene \u003cbr\u003e14.26 Polysulfide \u003cbr\u003e14.27 Polyurethanes \u003cbr\u003e14.28 Poly(vinyl alcohol) \u003cbr\u003e14.29 Poly(vinyl butyral) \u003cbr\u003e14.30 Poly(vinylidene difluoride) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e15 Self-healing in Different Products \u003cbr\u003e15.1 Adhesives \u003cbr\u003e15.2 Aerospace \u003cbr\u003e15.3 Asphalt pavement \u003cbr\u003e15.4 Automotive \u003cbr\u003e15.5 Cementitious materials \u003cbr\u003e15.6 Ceramic materials \u003cbr\u003e15.7 Coatings \u003cbr\u003e15.8 Composites \u003cbr\u003e15.9 Corrosion prevention \u003cbr\u003e15.10 Dental \u003cbr\u003e15.11 Electrical insulation \u003cbr\u003e15.12 Electronics \u003cbr\u003e15.13 Fabrics \u003cbr\u003e15.14 Fibers \u003cbr\u003e15.15 Film \u003cbr\u003e15.16 Foam \u003cbr\u003e15.17 Hydrogels \u003cbr\u003e15.18 Laminates \u003cbr\u003e15.19 Lubricating oils \u003cbr\u003e15.20 Medical devices \u003cbr\u003e15.21 Membranes \u003cbr\u003e15.22 Mortars \u003cbr\u003e15.23 Pipes \u003cbr\u003e15.24 Sealants \u003cbr\u003e15.25 Solar cells \u003cbr\u003e15.26 Thermal barrier coatings \u003cbr\u003e15.27 Tires \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndex \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGeorge Wypych has a Ph. D. in chemical engineering. His professional expertise includes both university teaching (full professor) and research \u0026amp; development. He has published 17 books: PVC Plastisols, (University Press); Polyvinylchloride Degradation, (Elsevier); Polyvinylchloride Stabilization, (Elsevier); Polymer Modified Textile Materials, (Wiley \u0026amp; Sons); Handbook of Material Weathering, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Handbook of Fillers, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Editions, (ChemTec Publishing); Recycling of PVC, (ChemTec Publishing); Weathering of Plastics. Testing to Mirror Real Life Performance, (Plastics Design Library), Handbook of Solvents, Handbook of Plasticizers, Handbook of Antistatics, Handbook of Antiblocking, Release, and Slip Additives (1st and 2nd Editions), PVC Degradation \u0026amp; Stabilization, PVC Formulary, Handbook of UV Degradation and Stabilization, Handbook of Biodeterioration, Biodegradation and Biostabilization, and Handbook of Polymers (all by ChemTec Publishing), 47 scientific papers, and he has obtained 16 patents. He specializes in polymer additives, polymer processing and formulation, material durability, and the development of sealants and coatings. He is included in the Dictionary of International Biography, Who's Who in Plastics and Polymers, Who's Who in Engineering, and was selected International Man of the Year 1996-1997 in recognition for his services to education.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e"}
Description Author: Conference Proceedings ISBN 978-1-85957-206-1 Netherlands Congress Centre, The Hague, The Netherlands, 28th-30th March, 2000pages 460 Summary With the UTECH 2000 event, Crain Communications Ltd, the creators of the UTECH concept, joined forces with ISOPA, the European Isocyanate Producers Association, to produce the most inspirational and informative experience in the polyurethane industry’s calendar. The book...
$300.00
in stock
{"id":11242258500,"title":"Utech 2000","handle":"978-1-85957-206-1","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Conference Proceedings \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-206-1 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNetherlands Congress Centre, The Hague, The Netherlands, 28th-30th March, 2000\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 460\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nWith the UTECH 2000 event, Crain Communications Ltd, the creators of the UTECH concept, joined forces with ISOPA, the European Isocyanate Producers Association, to produce the most inspirational and informative experience in the polyurethane industry’s calendar. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe book covers a wide range of topics and outlines some of the latest developments in the use of polyurethane materials and technology from many of the world’s leading specialists. Several of the presentations also give details of the growing requirements of the polyurethane industry’s downstream customers, offering valuable insights into future demands. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe only major polyurethane meeting in the world in 2000, with a brand new format. This three day conference is designed to broaden minds and horizons across the entire industry. The programme of this key event will appeal to a wide spectrum of participants, from commercial strategists to technical innovators. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe papers at this ninth such event detail some of the massive strides the industry has made in meeting the exacting technical demands of its wide range of industrial customers in all of the key application sectors. The presentations provide an invaluable guide to the various technical advances and show the depth of expertise of these specialists as well as willingness to share often hard-worked experitise. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSessions included on: \u003cbr\u003e-Automotive \u003cbr\u003e-Appliance \u003cbr\u003e- Furnishing \u003cbr\u003e-Construction \u003cbr\u003e-Polyurethanes and Sustainable Development \u003cbr\u003e-Case: Coating, Adhesives, Sealants and Elastomers Rigid Foam Developments Other \u003cbr\u003e-Rigid Foam Developments \u003cbr\u003e-Automotive Developments \u003cbr\u003e-Flexible Foam Innovations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:39-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:39-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2000","adhesives","appliance","automotive","book","coating","construction","elastomers","flexible foam","furnishing","p-chemistry","polymer","polyurethane","rigid foam","sealants"],"price":30000,"price_min":30000,"price_max":30000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378506628,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Utech 2000","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":30000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-206-1","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":[],"featured_image":null,"options":["Title"],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Conference Proceedings \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-206-1 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNetherlands Congress Centre, The Hague, The Netherlands, 28th-30th March, 2000\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 460\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nWith the UTECH 2000 event, Crain Communications Ltd, the creators of the UTECH concept, joined forces with ISOPA, the European Isocyanate Producers Association, to produce the most inspirational and informative experience in the polyurethane industry’s calendar. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe book covers a wide range of topics and outlines some of the latest developments in the use of polyurethane materials and technology from many of the world’s leading specialists. Several of the presentations also give details of the growing requirements of the polyurethane industry’s downstream customers, offering valuable insights into future demands. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe only major polyurethane meeting in the world in 2000, with a brand new format. This three day conference is designed to broaden minds and horizons across the entire industry. The programme of this key event will appeal to a wide spectrum of participants, from commercial strategists to technical innovators. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe papers at this ninth such event detail some of the massive strides the industry has made in meeting the exacting technical demands of its wide range of industrial customers in all of the key application sectors. The presentations provide an invaluable guide to the various technical advances and show the depth of expertise of these specialists as well as willingness to share often hard-worked experitise. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSessions included on: \u003cbr\u003e-Automotive \u003cbr\u003e-Appliance \u003cbr\u003e- Furnishing \u003cbr\u003e-Construction \u003cbr\u003e-Polyurethanes and Sustainable Development \u003cbr\u003e-Case: Coating, Adhesives, Sealants and Elastomers Rigid Foam Developments Other \u003cbr\u003e-Rigid Foam Developments \u003cbr\u003e-Automotive Developments \u003cbr\u003e-Flexible Foam Innovations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: R.P. Brown and T. Butler ISBN 978-1-85957-209-2 pages 175 Summary A unique collection of long-term ageing data, available for the first time, from Rapra Technology Limited. This report is an output from the Weathering of Elastomers and Sealants project which forms part of the UK government’s Department of Trade and Industry’s Degradation of Materials...
$220.00
in stock
{"id":11242258564,"title":"Natural Ageing of Rubber: Changes in Physical Properties Over 40 Years","handle":"978-1-85957-209-2","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: R.P. Brown and T. Butler \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-209-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 175\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nA unique collection of long-term ageing data, available for the first time, from Rapra Technology Limited. \u003cbr\u003eThis report is an output from the Weathering of Elastomers and Sealants project which forms part of the UK government’s Department of Trade and Industry’s Degradation of Materials in Aggressive Environments Programme. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra Technology Limited has just completed a comprehensive natural ageing and physical testing programme on 19 rubber compounds, stored in controlled conditions, for a period of 40 years. This is believed to be the most extensive such study ever carried out. Now, for the first time, all the results of this unique programme have been published in this report. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe properties of natural and synthetic rubbers suit them to a diverse range of applications, many of which demand a prolonged service life, and the retention of some or all of their mechanical properties for years or even decades. When the ageing programme was conceived in the 1950s, rubber product manufacturers were faced with a wider range of raw rubbers than had ever been available before. The relatively recent development of some of these materials also meant that there was little information available regarding their longevity. Thus the need was identified for a systematic programme of storage and testing. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRubber formulations were selected to represent those used in a wide range of applications, including general purpose and ‘good ageing’ grades. Remarkably, most of these formulations are still representative of compounds being specified today. The following rubbers were studied: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e-Natural rubber \u003cbr\u003e-Styrene-butadiene rubber \u003cbr\u003e-Butyl rubber \u003cbr\u003e-Polychloroprene \u003cbr\u003e-Nitrile rubber \u003cbr\u003e-Acrylate rubber \u003cbr\u003e-Chlorosulphonated polyethylene \u003cbr\u003e-Polysulphide rubber \u003cbr\u003e-Silicone rubber \u003cbr\u003eSamples were stored under temperate and tropical climatic conditions, and at various intervals, the following properties were measured: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e-Hardness \u003cbr\u003e-Volume change \u003cbr\u003e-Resilience \u003cbr\u003e-Volume and surface resistivity \u003cbr\u003e-Tensile strength Elongation at break \u003cbr\u003e-Modulus at 100% and 300% elongation \u003cbr\u003e-Long and short-term compression set \u003cbr\u003e-Low temperature stiffness \u003cbr\u003eThe results of all these tests are presented graphically in this report, allowing the rate of deterioration of properties and the influence of the environment to be clearly seen. Properties after 40 years are also tabulated, together with calculations of percentage change. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis information will prove invaluable to anyone specifying or supplying rubber materials or components. Further work is now being carried out on the properties of the same formulations after accelerated ageing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:39-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:39-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2000","acrylate rubber","book","butyl rubber","compounding of rubber","compression","elongation at break","hardness","health","natural rubber","nitrile rubber","polychloroprene","polysulphide rubber","r-compounding","r-properties","resilience","rubber","safety","silicone rubber","styrene-butadiene rubber","surface resistivity","tensile strength","toxicity","volume change","volume resistivity"],"price":22000,"price_min":22000,"price_max":22000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378507908,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Natural Ageing of Rubber: Changes in Physical Properties Over 40 Years","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":22000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-209-2","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-85957-209-2.jpg?v=1499727722"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-85957-209-2.jpg?v=1499727722","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358525337693,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-85957-209-2.jpg?v=1499727722"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1555\/1853\/products\/978-1-85957-209-2.jpg?v=1499727722","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: R.P. Brown and T. Butler \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-209-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 175\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nA unique collection of long-term ageing data, available for the first time, from Rapra Technology Limited. \u003cbr\u003eThis report is an output from the Weathering of Elastomers and Sealants project which forms part of the UK government’s Department of Trade and Industry’s Degradation of Materials in Aggressive Environments Programme. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra Technology Limited has just completed a comprehensive natural ageing and physical testing programme on 19 rubber compounds, stored in controlled conditions, for a period of 40 years. This is believed to be the most extensive such study ever carried out. Now, for the first time, all the results of this unique programme have been published in this report. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe properties of natural and synthetic rubbers suit them to a diverse range of applications, many of which demand a prolonged service life, and the retention of some or all of their mechanical properties for years or even decades. When the ageing programme was conceived in the 1950s, rubber product manufacturers were faced with a wider range of raw rubbers than had ever been available before. The relatively recent development of some of these materials also meant that there was little information available regarding their longevity. Thus the need was identified for a systematic programme of storage and testing. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRubber formulations were selected to represent those used in a wide range of applications, including general purpose and ‘good ageing’ grades. Remarkably, most of these formulations are still representative of compounds being specified today. The following rubbers were studied: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e-Natural rubber \u003cbr\u003e-Styrene-butadiene rubber \u003cbr\u003e-Butyl rubber \u003cbr\u003e-Polychloroprene \u003cbr\u003e-Nitrile rubber \u003cbr\u003e-Acrylate rubber \u003cbr\u003e-Chlorosulphonated polyethylene \u003cbr\u003e-Polysulphide rubber \u003cbr\u003e-Silicone rubber \u003cbr\u003eSamples were stored under temperate and tropical climatic conditions, and at various intervals, the following properties were measured: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e-Hardness \u003cbr\u003e-Volume change \u003cbr\u003e-Resilience \u003cbr\u003e-Volume and surface resistivity \u003cbr\u003e-Tensile strength Elongation at break \u003cbr\u003e-Modulus at 100% and 300% elongation \u003cbr\u003e-Long and short-term compression set \u003cbr\u003e-Low temperature stiffness \u003cbr\u003eThe results of all these tests are presented graphically in this report, allowing the rate of deterioration of properties and the influence of the environment to be clearly seen. Properties after 40 years are also tabulated, together with calculations of percentage change. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis information will prove invaluable to anyone specifying or supplying rubber materials or components. Further work is now being carried out on the properties of the same formulations after accelerated ageing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}